texlive[49923] Master/texmf-dist: metauml (3feb19)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Sun Feb 3 23:45:55 CET 2019
Revision: 49923
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=49923
Author: karl
Date: 2019-02-03 23:45:55 +0100 (Sun, 03 Feb 2019)
Log Message:
-----------
metauml (3feb19)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_activity.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_base.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_behavioral_common.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_assoc.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_relations.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_component.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_component_relations.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_defaults.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_instance.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_links.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_note.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_package.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_package_relations.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_paths.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_skin_simple.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_state.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_stereotype.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_templates.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_usecase.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_usecase_clipart.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_commons.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_group.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_infrastructure.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_log.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_margins.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_object.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_picture.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_picture_stack.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_positioning.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_shade.mp
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/activity.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/activity_diagrams.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/appetizer.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/boxes_vs_util.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_association.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_customization.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_customization2.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_diagrams.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_templates.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/component.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/group.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/how-links-work.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/instance.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/mptextmp.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/note.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/object_stack.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/package.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/paths.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/paths_man.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/picture_info.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/picture_stack.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/positioning.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/properties.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/state.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/statemachine_diagrams.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_activity.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_feature_types.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_qual_assoc.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_templates.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_component.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_font.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_group.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_instance.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_lars_issues.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_lowlevel.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_note.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_package.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_paths.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture_stack.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture_tex_rendering.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_positioning.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_skins.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_skins_global_defaults.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_state.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_usecase.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/usecase.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/usecase_diagrams.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/metauml-manual.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/metauml-manual.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/test-suite.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml-manual-v0.2.6-19d34de3da75cbd9f814f0a9ec03b4e0861b1541.pdf
Removed Paths:
-------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/fig/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/gnu-fdl.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/macro.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/metauml_manual.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/my-bib.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/test.mp
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/test_suite.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual_0.2.5.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_clipart.mp
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/README 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/README 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
-MetaUML, human-friendly UML textual notation for LaTeX/MetaPost
-http://metauml.sourceforge.net
+MetaUML https://github.com/ogheorghies/MetaUML
-Version: 0.2.5
+Version: 0.2.6
Author : Ovidiu Gheorghies
-Date : July 30, 2010
+Date : February 02, 2019
-MetaUML is a GNU GPL MetaPost library for typesetting UML diagrams.
-It offers (partial) support for:
+MetaUML is a MetaPost library for creating UML diagrams using a textual notation.
+It offers partial support for:
- class diagrams
- package diagrams
- activity diagrams
@@ -16,6 +15,5 @@
This release contains the following directories:
doc : PDF documentation
-examples : source code for the documentation (GNU FDL)
-inputs : the macros needed to typeset in MetaUML (GNU GPL)
-
+examples : source code for the documentation
+inputs : the macros needed to use MetaUML
\ No newline at end of file
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/activity.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/activity.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/activity.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+% Sample MetaUML figures.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Begin.b;
+ End.e;
+ FlowFinal.f;
+
+ leftToRight(20)(b, e, f);
+
+ drawObjects(b, e, f);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ Activity.A("Learn MetaUML -",
+ "the MetaPost UML library");
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ Fork.forkA("h", 50);
+ Fork.forkB("v", 20);
+
+ leftToRight(10)(forkA, forkB);
+
+ drawObjects(forkA, forkB);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ Branch.testA;
+
+ drawObject(testA);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/activity.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/activity_diagrams.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/activity_diagrams.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/activity_diagrams.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+% for f in `find . | grep '.*\.[1-9]'`; do echo $f; done
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Begin.b;
+ Activity.eat("Eat something good", "from the kitchen");
+ Branch.enough;
+ Fork.fork("h", 50);
+ Activity.read("Read a book");
+ Activity.listen("Listen to music", "(and ignore it)");
+ Fork.join("h", 50);
+ End.e;
+
+ eat.n = b.s + (0,-20);
+ enough.n = eat.s + (0,-20);
+ fork.n = enough.s + (0, -20);
+
+ read.top = listen.top = fork.bottom - 30;
+ listen.left - read.right = 10;
+ b.midx = .5[listen.left, read.right];
+
+ join.n = (b.midx, listen.bottom - 20);
+ e.n = join.s + (0, -20);
+
+ drawObjects(b, eat, enough, fork, read, listen, join, e);
+
+ clink(transition)(b, eat);
+ clink(transition)(eat, enough);
+ link(transition)(pathStepX(enough.w, eat.w, -80));
+ clink(transition)(enough, fork);
+ clink(transition)(fork, read);
+ clink(transition)(fork, listen);
+ clink(transition)(read, join);
+ clink(transition)(listen, join);
+ clink(transition)(join, e);
+
+ item(iGuard)("still hungry")(obj.se = enough.w + (-20, 0));
+ item(iGuard)("had enough")(obj.nw = enough.s + (0, -4));
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/activity_diagrams.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/appetizer.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/appetizer.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/appetizer.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+% Sample MetaUML figures.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.Client("Client")()();
+
+ Class._Component("Component")()();
+ %("+Operation()", "+Add(Component)", "+Remove(Component)", "+GetChild(int)");
+ classStereotype._Component("<<interface>>");
+
+ Class.Leaf("Leaf")()("+Operation()");
+
+ Class.Composite("Composite")()();
+ %("+Operation()", "+Add(Component)", "+Remove(Component)", "+GetChild(int)");
+
+ leftToRight.top(30)(Client, _Component);
+ leftToRight.top(20)(Leaf, Composite);
+ .5[Leaf.ne, Composite.nw] = below(_Component.s, 45);
+
+ drawObjects(Client, _Component, Leaf, Composite);
+
+ link(associationUni)(pathHorizontal(Client.e, _Component.left));
+ link(inheritance)(pathStepY(Leaf.n, _Component.s, 20));
+ link(inheritance)(pathStepY(Composite.n, _Component.s, 20));
+
+ link(aggregationUni)(pathStepX(_Component.e, Composite.e, 55));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ Begin.b;
+ Activity.eat("Eat something good", "from the kitchen");
+ Branch.enough;
+ Fork.fork("h", 50);
+ Activity.read("Read a book");
+ Activity.listen("Listen to music", "(and ignore it)");
+ Fork.join("h", 50);
+ End.e;
+
+ leftToRight.top(10)(read, listen);
+ Group.readListen(read, listen);
+
+ leftToRight(30)(b, eat);
+ topToBottom(20)(eat, enough, fork, readListen, join, e);
+
+ drawObjects(b, eat, enough, fork, readListen, join, e);
+
+ clink(transition)(b, eat);
+ clink(transition)(eat, enough);
+ link(transition)(pathStepX(enough.e, eat.e, 80));
+ clink(transition)(enough, fork);
+ clink(transition)(fork, read);
+ clink(transition)(fork, listen);
+ clink(transition)(read, join);
+ clink(transition)(listen, join);
+ clink(transition)(join, e);
+
+ item(iGuard)("still hungry")(obj.sw = enough.e + (20, 0));
+ item(iGuard)("had enough")(obj.nw = enough.s + (0, -4));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ Actor.user("User");
+ Actor.db("Database");
+
+ Usecase.dbquery("Query database");
+ Usecase.auth("Authenticate user");
+ Usecase.authA("Authenticate by", "username, password");
+ Usecase.authB("Authenticate by", "smartcard");
+
+ leftToRight(30)(user.human, auth, dbquery, db.human);
+ leftToRight.top(30)(authA, authB);
+ .5[authA.ne, authB.nw] = below(auth.s, 20);
+
+ drawObjects(user, auth, dbquery, db, authA, authB);
+
+ clink(inheritance)(authA, auth);
+ clink(inheritance)(authB, auth);
+ clink(association)(auth, dbquery);
+ clink(association)(user.human, auth);
+ clink(association)(dbquery, db.human);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save b, e, reading, processing, composite, exit, error, result, theEnd;
+
+ Begin.b;
+ State.reading("Reading commands")();
+ State.processing("Processing commands")();
+ End.e;
+
+ State.composite("Working")(b, reading, processing, e);
+ composite.info.left := composite.info.right := 10;
+ composite.info.drawNameLine := 1;
+
+ topToBottom(20)(b, reading, processing, e);
+ drawObject(composite);
+
+ clink(transition)(b, reading);
+ clink(transition)(reading, processing);
+ clink(transition)(processing, e);
+
+ ExitPoint.exit;
+ exit.c=(composite.right, reading.midy);
+ drawObject(exit);
+ item(iAssoc)("error")(obj.nw = exit.s);
+
+ clink(transition)(reading, exit);
+
+ State.error("Preparing error report")();
+ State.result("Writing result")();
+ End.theEnd;
+
+ topToBottom(20)(error, result, theEnd);
+ leftToRight(30)(exit, error);
+
+ drawObjects(error, result, theEnd);
+
+ clink(transition)(exit, error);
+ clink(transition)(error, result);
+ clink(transition)(result, theEnd);
+
+ link(transition)(rpathHorizontal(result.w, composite.right));
+endfig;
+
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save A, B;
+
+ Note.A("An important", "UML note");
+ Note.B("Another note");
+
+ leftToRight(20)(A, B);
+ drawObjects(A, B);
+
+ clink(dashedLink)(A, B);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+
+ Package.pA("net.foo")();
+ Package.pB("net.foo.bar")(A, B);
+
+ leftToRight(20)(A, B);
+ leftToRight(50)(pA, pB);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, pA, pB);
+
+ clink(nest)(pB, pA);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(7);
+ save A;
+
+ Class.A("MyClass")
+ ("attr1: int", "attr2: int")
+ ("method1(): void",
+ "method2(): void");
+
+ A.nw = (0, 0); % optional, implied
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(8);
+ save A, B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+
+ A.nw = (0,0);
+ B.w = A.e + (20, 0);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(9);
+ save A, B;
+
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+ B.w = A.e + (20, 0);
+ drawObjects(A, B);
+ link(inheritance)(B.w -- A.e);
+endfig;
+end
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/appetizer.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/boxes_vs_util.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/boxes_vs_util.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/boxes_vs_util.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input boxes;
+input util_commons;
+input util_object;
+input util_picture;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ boxit.a ("yummy");
+ boxit.b ("cool");
+
+ a.nw = (0,0);
+ b.sw = a.se + (10,0);
+
+ drawboxed (a, b);
+ draw a.sw -- b.se dashed evenly withpen pencircle scaled 1.1;
+
+ boxit.c ("yummy");
+ boxit.d ("cool");
+
+ c.nw = (0,-20);
+ d.sw = c.se + (10,0);
+
+ drawunboxed (c, d);
+ draw c.sw -- d.se dashed evenly withpen pencircle scaled 1.1;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save a, b, c, d;
+
+ Picture.a("yummy");
+ Picture.b("cool");
+ a.info.boxed := b.info.boxed := 1;
+
+ a.nw = (0,0);
+ b.sw = a.se + (10,0);
+
+ drawObjects(a, b);
+ draw a.sw -- b.se dashed evenly withpen pencircle scaled 1.1;
+
+ Picture.c("yummy");
+ Picture.d("cool");
+
+ c.nw = (0,-20);
+ d.sw = c.se + (10,0);
+
+ drawObjects(c, d);
+ draw c.sw -- d.se dashed evenly withpen pencircle scaled 1.1;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save a, b, c, d;
+
+ iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+
+ Picture.a("yummy");
+ Picture.b("cool");
+ a.info.boxed := b.info.boxed := 1;
+
+ a.nw = (0,0);
+ b.sw = a.se + (10,0);
+
+ drawObjects(a, b);
+ draw a.sw -- b.se dashed evenly withpen pencircle scaled 1.1;
+
+ Picture.c("yummy");
+ Picture.d("cool");
+
+ c.nw = (0,-20);
+ d.sw = c.se + (10,0);
+
+ drawObjects(c, d);
+ draw c.sw -- d.se dashed evenly withpen pencircle scaled 1.1;
+endfig;
+
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/boxes_vs_util.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+% Sample MetaUML figures.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.A("Point")
+ ("#x:int",
+ "#y:int")
+ ("+set(x:int, y:int)",
+ "+getX():int",
+ "+getY():int",
+ "-debug():void",
+ "test():void");
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save A, T;
+
+ Class.A("User")()();
+ Class_stereotypes.A("<<interface>>", "<<home>>");
+
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save A, T;
+
+ Class.A("Vector")()();
+ ClassTemplate.T("T", "size: int")(A);
+
+ drawObjects(A, T);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ link(association)( (0,0) -- (50,0) );
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ link(associationUni)( (0,0) -- (50,0) );
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ link(inheritance)( (0,0) -- (50,0) );
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(7);
+ link(aggregation)( (0,0) -- (50,0) );
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(8);
+ link(aggregationUni)( (0,0) -- (50,0) );
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(9);
+ link(composition)( (0,0) -- (50,0) );
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(10);
+ link(compositionUni)( (0,0) -- (50,0) );
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(11);
+ save A;
+ Interface.A("Observer")
+ ("+update(src:Object)");
+
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(12);
+ save A;
+ EClass.A(iAbstractClass)("Observable")
+ ("observers: Observer[0..*]")
+ ("+addObserver(o: Observer)",
+ "+notify()");
+
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(13)
+ save A;
+
+ Class.A("MyModel")()();
+ A.info.iName.top := 10;
+ A.info.iName.bottom := 10;
+ A.info.iAttributeStack.top := 0;
+ A.info.iAttributeStack.bottom := 0;
+ A.info.iMethodStack.top := 0;
+ A.info.iMethodStack.bottom := 0;
+
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(14)
+ save A, B;
+
+ EClass.A(iClassNameOnly)("MyModel")()();
+ ClassName.B("AnotherModel");
+ classStereotypes.B("<<smart>>");
+
+ topToBottom(20)(A, B);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(15);
+ save A;
+
+ Class.A("Point")
+ ("#x:int", "#y:int")
+ ("+toString():String");
+ Class_noVisibilityMarkers.A;
+
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_association.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_association.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_association.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ save P,B;
+
+ Class.P("Person")()();
+ Class.B("Bank")()();
+
+ P.nw = (0,0);
+ B.w = P.e + (50,0);
+
+ drawObjects(P, B);
+
+ drawRelation(association)(P.e -- B.w);
+
+ item.assocName(iAssoc)("works for")(assocName.s = .5[P.e,B.w]);
+
+ draw assocName.n -- (assocName.n + (20,20));
+ label.urt("association name" infont "tyxtt", assocName.n + (20,20));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save P,C;
+
+ Class.P("Person")()();
+ Class.C("Company")()();
+
+ C.n = P.s + (0, -70);
+ drawObjects(P, C);
+
+ link(association)(P.s -- C.n);
+
+ item(iAssoc)("employee")(obj.nw = P.s);
+ item(iAssoc)("1..*")(obj.ne = P.s);
+
+ item(iAssoc)("employer")(obj.sw = C.n);
+ item(iAssoc)("0..*")(obj.se = C.n);
+
+ item(iAssoc)("works for")(obj.w = .5[P.s,C.n]);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save F, O;
+
+ Class.F("Factory")()();
+ Class.O("Object")()();
+
+ O.n = F.s - (0, 50);
+ drawObjects(F, O);
+
+ clink(dependency)(F, O);
+ item(iStereo)("<<creates>>")(obj.w = .5[F.s,O.n])
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_association.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_customization.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_customization.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_customization.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ iClass.foreColor := (.9, .9, 0);
+
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+ Class.C("C")()();
+
+ B.w = A.e + (20,0);
+ C.n = .5[A.se, B.sw] + (0, -10);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save A, B, C;
+ iClass.foreColor := (.9, .9, 0);
+
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+ Class.C("C")()();
+ C.info.foreColor := (.7, .7, .9);
+ C.info.borderColor := blue;
+ C.info.iName.iFont.scale := 2;
+
+ B.w = A.e + (20,0);
+ C.n = .5[A.se, B.sw] + (0, -10);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ ClassInfoCopy.iHome(iClass);
+ iHome.foreColor := (0, .9, .9);
+
+ ClassInfo.iRemote;
+ iRemote.foreColor := (.9, .9, 0);
+ iRemote.borderColor := (0, 0, .9);
+
+ save A, B, C, D;
+
+ EClass.A(iHome)("UserHome")()();
+ EClass.B(iRemote)("UserRemote")()();
+ EClass.C(iHome)("CartHome")()();
+ EClass.D(iRemote)("CartRemote")()();
+
+
+ B.nw = A.ne + (20,0);
+ D.nw = C.ne + (20,0);
+ A.bottom - C.top = 10;
+ A.left = C.left;
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C, D);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ iClass.foreColor := .9white;
+ save A;
+
+ Class.A("Foo")
+ ("a: int", "b: int")
+ ("foo()", "bar()", "gar()");
+ A.info.iName.iFont.name := metauml_defaultFontBold;
+ A.info.iName.iFont.scale := 1.2;
+
+ A.info.iAttributeStack.iPict.iFont.scale := 0.8;
+ A.info.iAttributeStack.top := 10;
+ A.info.iAttributeStack.spacing := 11;
+
+ A.info.iMethodStack.iPict.iFont.scale := 2;
+ A.info.iMethodStack.spacing := 17;
+ A.info.iMethodStack.bottom := 10;
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_customization.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_customization2.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_customization2.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_customization2.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ save Test;
+ Class.Test("TestClass")("attribute1: int","attribute2: double")
+ ("oneLongMethod(): void",
+ "anotherLongMethod(): void");
+
+ Test.nw = (0,0);
+ Class_draw.Test;
+endfig;
+
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_customization2.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_diagrams.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_diagrams.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_diagrams.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.Count("Count")
+ ("#n: int")
+ ("+increase(): void",
+ "+get(): int");
+
+ %Count.nw = (0,0);
+ drawObject(Count);
+ %Class_draw.Count;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ Class.A("Point")
+ ("+x: int",
+ "+y: int") ();
+
+ Class.B("Circle")
+ ("radius: int")
+ ("+getRadius(): int",
+ "+setRadius(r: int):void");
+
+ A.nw = (0,0);
+ B.n = A.s - (0,45);
+ Class_draw.A;
+ Class_draw.B;
+
+ drawRelation(aggregationUni)(A.s -- B.n);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ Class.Test("Test")("a1","a2","a3")("aLongMethod():void");
+
+ Test.nw = (0,0);
+ Class_draw.Test;
+
+ dotlabel.ulft(btex nw etex, Test.nw);
+ dotlabel.top(btex n etex, Test.n);
+ dotlabel.urt(btex ne etex, Test.ne);
+ dotlabel.rt(btex e etex, Test.e);
+ dotlabel.lrt(btex se etex, Test.se);
+ dotlabel.bot(btex s etex, Test.s);
+ dotlabel.llft(btex sw etex, Test.sw);
+ dotlabel.lft(btex w etex, Test.w);
+
+ dotlabel.lft(btex c etex, Test.c);
+
+ draw Test.nw - (50,0) -- Test.ne + (10,0);
+ label.urt(btex top etex, Test.nw - (50,0));
+
+ draw Test.sw - (50,0) -- Test.se + (10,0);
+ label.lrt(btex bottom etex, Test.sw - (50,0));
+
+ draw Test.nw + (0,10) -- Test.sw - (0, 50);
+ label.bot(btex left etex, Test.sw - (0,50));
+
+ draw Test.ne + (0,10) -- Test.se - (0, 50);
+ label.bot(btex right etex, Test.se - (0,50));
+
+ drawarrow Test.nw - (25,0) -- Test.sw - (25,0);
+ label.lft(btex height etex, .5[Test.nw, Test.sw] - (25,0));
+
+ drawarrow Test.sw - (0,25) -- Test.se - (0,25);
+ label.bot(btex width etex, .5[Test.sw, Test.se] - (0,25));
+endfig;
+
+%newAssociationDescription.association;
+%newAssociationUniDescription.associationUni;
+%newInheritanceDescription.inheritance;
+%newAggregationDescription.aggregation;
+%newAggregationUniDescription.aggregationUni;
+%newCompositionDescription.composition;
+%newCompositionUniDescription.compositionUni;
+%newDashedLinkDescription.dashedLink;
+%newDependencyDescription.dependency;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save X, Y;
+ Class.X("X")()();
+ Class.Y("Y")()();
+
+ X.nw = (0,0);
+ Y.w = X.e + (50,0);
+ Class_draw.X;
+ Class_draw.Y;
+
+ drawRelation(association)(X.e -- Y.w);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save X, Y;
+ Class.X("X")()();
+ Class.Y("Y")()();
+
+ X.nw = (0,0);
+ Y.w = X.e + (50,0);
+ Class_draw.X;
+ Class_draw.Y;
+
+ drawRelation(associationUni)(X.e -- Y.w);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ save X, Y;
+ Class.X("X")()();
+ Class.Y("Y")()();
+
+ X.nw = (0,0);
+ Y.w = X.e + (50,0);
+ Class_draw.X;
+ Class_draw.Y;
+
+ drawRelation(inheritance)(X.e -- Y.w);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(7);
+ save X, Y;
+ Class.X("X")()();
+ Class.Y("Y")()();
+
+ X.nw = (0,0);
+ Y.w = X.e + (50,0);
+ Class_draw.X;
+ Class_draw.Y;
+
+ drawRelation(aggregation)(X.e -- Y.w);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(8);
+ save X, Y;
+ Class.X("X")()();
+ Class.Y("Y")()();
+
+ X.nw = (0,0);
+ Y.w = X.e + (50,0);
+ Class_draw.X;
+ Class_draw.Y;
+
+ drawRelation(aggregationUni)(X.e -- Y.w);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(9);
+ save X, Y;
+ Class.X("X")()();
+ Class.Y("Y")()();
+
+ X.nw = (0,0);
+ Y.w = X.e + (50,0);
+ Class_draw.X;
+ Class_draw.Y;
+
+ drawRelation(composition)(X.e -- Y.w);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(10);
+ save X, Y;
+ Class.X("X")()();
+ Class.Y("Y")()();
+
+ X.nw = (0,0);
+ Y.w = X.e + (50,0);
+ Class_draw.X;
+ Class_draw.Y;
+
+ drawRelation(compositionUni)(X.e -- Y.w);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(11);
+ save X, Y;
+ Class.X("X")()();
+ Class.Y("Y")()();
+
+ X.nw = (0,0);
+ Y.w = X.e + (50,0);
+ Class_draw.X;
+ Class_draw.Y;
+
+ drawRelation(dependency)(X.e -- Y.w);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(12);
+ save X, Y;
+ Class.X("X")()();
+ Class.Y("Y")()();
+
+ X.nw = (0,0);
+ Y.w = X.e + (50,0);
+ Class_draw.X;
+ Class_draw.Y;
+
+ drawRelation(realization)(X.e -- Y.w);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_diagrams.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_templates.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_templates.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_templates.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.V("Vector")("elements: T(n)")();
+ Template.T("T", "n: int");
+ Template_attachToClass.T(V);
+
+ drawObjects(V);
+ drawObjects(T);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/class_templates.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/component.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/component.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/component.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Component.C("Business Logic")();
+ drawObject(C);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save A, B, C, BigC;
+
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Package.B("B")();
+ Component.C("C")();
+
+ Component.BigC("Big Component")(A, B, C);
+
+ leftToRight(10)(A, B);
+ topToBottom(10)(A, C);
+
+ drawObject(BigC);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save A, B;
+ Component.A("A")();
+ Component.B("B")();
+
+ leftToRight(80)(A, B);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B);
+
+ link(providedInterface)( A.e -- .5[A.e, B.w] );
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save A, B;
+ Component.A("A")();
+ Component.B("B")();
+
+ leftToRight(80)(A, B);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B);
+
+ link(requiredInterface)( B.w -- .5[A.e, B.w]);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save A, B;
+ Component.A("A")();
+ Component.B("B")();
+
+ leftToRight(80)(A, B);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B);
+
+ link(providedInterface)( A.e -- .5[A.e, B.w] );
+ link(requiredInterface)( B.w -- .5[A.e, B.w] );
+endfig;
+
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/component.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/group.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/group.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/group.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input boxes;
+input util_commons;
+input util_object;
+input util_picture;
+input util_margins;
+input util_group;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ iGroup.left:=20;
+ iGroup.right:=15;
+ iGroup.boxed:=1;
+ iPict.boxed:=1;
+
+ Picture.a("yummy");
+ Picture.b("cool");
+ Picture.c("fool");
+
+ a.nw = (0,0);
+ b.nw = (20,20);
+ c.nw = (15, 40);
+
+ Group.g(a, b, c);
+
+ drawObjects(g);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+endfig;
+
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/group.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/how-links-work.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/how-links-work.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/how-links-work.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ drawRelation(aggregationUni)
+ ((0,0)--(40,0));
+endfig;
+
+
+beginfig(2);
+ path myPath;
+ myPath := (0,0) -- (100,0);
+ LinkStructure.ls(myPath,
+ aggregationUni.widthA,
+ aggregationUni.widthB);
+
+ describeLinkStructure(ls);
+ drawLinkStructure(ls)(aggregationUni);
+endfig;
+
+end
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/how-links-work.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/instance.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/instance.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/instance.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Instance.order("o: Order")
+ ("name='book'", "{placed}", "{payed}");
+ drawObject(order);
+endfig;
+
+end
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/instance.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/mptextmp.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/mptextmp.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/mptextmp.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+btex But this is insane: $\sum_1^3 f(x) \over x$! etex
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/mptextmp.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/note.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/note.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/note.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+input TEX;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Note.A("This note", "has two lines.");
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save A, C;
+ Note.A("This is a class");
+ Class.C("Object")()();
+
+ A.sw = C.ne + (20, 20);
+
+ drawObjects(A, C);
+
+ clink(dashedLink)(A, C);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save C;
+ Note.nA("This is the class name");
+ Note.nB("This is a key attribute");
+ Note.nC("This is a nice method");
+
+ Class.C("Object")("+id:int")
+ ("+clone()", "+serialize()");
+
+ topToBottom.left(10)(nA, nB, nC);
+ leftToRight(10)(C, nB);
+
+ drawObjects(C, nA, nB, nC);
+
+ clink(dashedLink)(C.namePict, nA);
+ clink(dashedLink)(C.attributeStack.pict[0], nB);
+ clink(dashedLink)(C.methodStack.pict[1], nC);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save A;
+ Note.A("This class implements the formula:",
+ TEX("$\sum_1^n f(x)\cdot dx$"));
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save A;
+ Note.A("Can you do it?",
+ TEX("$\sum_1^n f(x) \cdot dx " &
+ "\over \sum_1^m g(y) \cdot dy$"));
+ A.stack.info.spacing := 30;
+ A.stack.pict[1].info.ignoreNegativeBase := 0;
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/note.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/object_stack.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/object_stack.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/object_stack.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input boxes;
+input util_commons;
+input util_object;
+input util_picture;
+
+
+beginfig(1);
+ iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+ iPict.boxed := 1;
+ Picture.a0("yummy");
+ Picture.a1("cool");
+ Picture.a2("fool");
+
+ a0.nw = (0,0);
+ setObjectJoin(pa.sw = pb.nw);
+
+ joinObjects(scantokens listArray(a)(3));
+ drawObjects(scantokens listArray(a)(3));
+
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+endfig;
+
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/object_stack.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/package.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/package.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/package.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+input metauml;
+input metauml_package;
+input metauml_package_relations;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Package.P("java.lang")();
+ drawObject(P);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save P;
+ Package.P("An important", "package")();
+ drawObject(P);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save P;
+ Package.P("java.lang")();
+ P.info.forceEmptyContent := 1;
+ drawObject(P);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save P, A, B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+ Package.P("net.metauml")(A, B);
+
+ leftToRight(10)(A, B);
+
+ drawObject(P);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ Package.X("X")();
+ Package.Y("Y")();
+
+ leftToRight(50)(X, Y);
+ drawObjects(X, Y);
+
+ link(nest)(X.e -- Y.w);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(8);
+ Package.emptyPackage("")();
+
+ Package.nameOnlyPackage("java.sun.com")();
+
+ Class.oneClass("A class")()();
+ Package.oneClassPackage("One class package")(oneClass);
+
+ Instance.oneInstance("An instance")();
+ State.oneState("A state")();
+ Activity.oneActivity("An activity");
+ Package.multiPackage("Multipackage")(oneInstance, oneState, oneActivity);
+
+ Package.allPackage("This package contains them all")(emptyPackage, nameOnlyPackage,
+ oneClassPackage, multiPackage);
+
+ nameOnlyPackage.nw = emptyPackage.ne + (30, 0);
+ oneClassPackage.ne = emptyPackage.s - (0, 50);
+
+ multiPackage.top = oneClassPackage.top;
+ multiPackage.left = oneClassPackage.right + 20;
+
+ centered_align_top(oneState, oneActivity)(10, below(oneInstance.s, 20));
+
+ drawObjects(allPackage);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(8);
+ Package.nameOnlyOnTopPackage("Name on top")();
+ nameOnlyOnTopPackage.info.forceEmptyContent := 1;
+ Package.nameOnlyInMiddlePackage("By default name", "is in the middle")();
+
+ Class.cl("A class")("Attribute")("Method");
+ Package.notEmptyPackage("Contains class")(cl);
+
+ nameOnlyInMiddlePackage.n = nameOnlyOnTopPackage.s - (0, 40);
+ notEmptyPackage.w = nameOnlyInMiddlePackage.e + (80, 0);
+ drawObjects(nameOnlyOnTopPackage, nameOnlyInMiddlePackage, notEmptyPackage);
+
+ %link(import)(pathStepX(notEmptyPackage.w, nameOnlyOnTopPackage.e, -30));
+ %link(import)(pathVertical(nameOnlyInMiddlePackage.ne - (10, 0), nameOnlyOnTopPackage.bottom));
+ %link(import)(notEmptyPackage.sw -- nameOnlyInMiddlePackage.ne);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(8);
+ link(nest)((10,10)--(30,30));
+endfig;
+
+
+end
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/package.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/paths.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/paths.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/paths.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ pair za, zb;
+ za = (10,10);
+ zb = (10,-5);
+ path cool;
+ cool := za .. za+(20,10) ..
+ zb+(20,-20) ..
+ zb+(-10,-30) -- zb;
+ link(aggregationUni)(cool);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save A, B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+
+ B.sw = A.ne + (10,10);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B);
+
+ link(aggregationUni)
+ (rpathManhattanX(A.e, B.s));
+ link(inheritance)
+ (pathManhattanY(A.n, B.w));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save A, B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+
+ B.sw = A.ne + (10,10);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B);
+
+ stepX:=60;
+ link(aggregationUni)
+ (pathStepX(A.e, B.e, stepX));
+
+ stepY:=20;
+ link(inheritance)
+ (pathStepY(B.n, A.n, stepY));
+
+ pair X,Y;
+ X := A.se + (0,-30);
+ Y := X + (stepX, 0);
+ draw A.se -- X dashed evenly;
+ draw (xpart Y, ypart A.e) -- Y dashed evenly;
+ drawdblarrow X + (0,15) -- Y + (0,15);
+ label.top(btex stepX etex, .5[X,Y]);
+
+ pair X,Y;
+ X := B.n + (-70,-0);
+ Y := X + (0, stepY);
+
+ draw B.n -- X dashed evenly;
+ draw B.n + (0,stepY) -- Y dashed evenly;
+ drawdblarrow X + (15,0) -- Y + (15,0);
+ label.lft(btex stepY etex, .5[X,Y]);
+endfig;
+
+% horizontal, vertical
+beginfig(4);
+ save A, B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")("b")();
+ Class.C("C")("foo: int")();
+
+ B.sw = A.se + (30,5);
+ C.sw = A.nw + (0, 30);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C);
+
+ untilX := B.left;
+ drawRelation(association)
+ (pathHorizontal(A.e, untilX));
+
+ draw B.nw -- B.sw + (0,-10) dashed evenly;
+ label.bot(btex untilX etex, B.sw + (0,-10));
+
+ untilY:= C.bottom;
+ drawRelation(association)(pathVertical(A.n, untilY));
+
+ draw C.sw -- C.sw + (-20,0) dashed evenly;
+ label.lft(btex untilY etex, C.sw + (-20,-0));
+
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save A,B;
+ Activity.A("A");
+ Activity.B("B");
+
+ B.nw = A.ne + (40,30);
+ drawObjects(A,B);
+
+ z = A.se + (30, -10);
+ link(transition)(pathCut(A, B)
+ (A.c -- z -- B.c));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ save A,B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+
+ B.nw = A.ne + (20,30);
+ drawObjects(A,B);
+
+ clink(inheritance)(A, B);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/paths.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/paths_man.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/paths_man.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/paths_man.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ save A, B;
+ Class.A("A")("foo:int")("bar()");
+ Class.B("B")()();
+
+ A.nw = (0,0);
+ B.s = A.ne + (30,30);
+
+ Class_draw.A;
+ Class_draw.B;
+
+ drawRelation(aggregationUni)
+ (A.n ..(30,30)..B.w);
+ path cool;
+ cool := A.e .. A.e+(20,10) ..
+ B.s+(20,-40) .. B.s+(-10,-30)
+ -- B.s;
+ drawRelation(inheritance)(cool);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save A, B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+
+ A.nw = (0,0);
+ B.sw = A.ne + (10,10);
+
+ Class_draw.A;
+ Class_draw.B;
+
+ drawRelation(aggregationUni)
+ (pathManhattanX(A.e, B.s));
+ drawRelation(inheritance)
+ (pathManhattanY(A.n, B.w));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save A, B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+
+ A.nw = (0,0);
+ B.sw = A.ne + (10,10);
+
+ Class_draw.A;
+ Class_draw.B;
+
+ stepX:=60;
+ drawRelation(aggregationUni)
+ (pathStepX(A.e, B.e, stepX));
+
+ stepY:=20;
+ drawRelation(inheritance)
+ (pathStepY(B.n, A.n, stepY));
+
+ pair X,Y;
+ X := A.se + (0,-30);
+ Y := X + (stepX, 0);
+ draw A.se -- X dashed evenly;
+ draw (xpart Y, ypart A.e) -- Y dashed evenly;
+ drawdblarrow X + (0,15) -- Y + (0,15);
+ label.top(btex stepX etex, .5[X,Y]);
+
+ pair X,Y;
+ X := B.n + (-70,-0);
+ Y := X + (0, stepY);
+
+ draw B.n -- X dashed evenly;
+ draw B.n + (0,stepY) -- Y dashed evenly;
+ drawdblarrow X + (15,0) -- Y + (15,0);
+ label.lft(btex stepY etex, .5[X,Y]);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save A, B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")("a")();
+
+ A.nw = (0,0);
+ B.sw = A.se + (30,5);
+
+ Class_draw.A;
+ Class_draw.B;
+
+ untilX := B.left;
+ drawRelation(association)
+ (pathHorizontal(A.e, untilX));
+
+ draw B.nw -- B.sw + (0,-10) dashed evenly;
+ label.bot(btex untilX etex, B.sw + (0,-10));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save A, B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")("a")("foo()");
+
+ A.nw = (0,0);
+ B.sw = A.ne + (-20,20);
+
+ Class_draw.A;
+ Class_draw.B;
+
+ untilY:= B.bottom;
+ drawRelation(association)
+ (pathVertical(A.n, untilY));
+
+ draw B.sw -- B.sw + (-20,0) dashed evenly;
+ label.lft(btex untilY etex, B.sw + (-20,-0));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ save A,B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+
+ B.nw = A.ne + (40,30);
+ drawObjects(A,B);
+
+ link(inheritance)(pathCut(A,B)(A.c -- B.c));
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/paths_man.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/picture_info.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/picture_info.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/picture_info.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input boxes;
+input util_commons;
+input util_object;
+input util_picture;
+input util_positioning;
+
+PictureInfoCopy.iBig(iPict);
+iBig.left := iBig.right := 20;
+iBig.top := 10;
+iBig.bottom := 1;
+iBig.boxed := 1;
+iBig.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+iBig.iFont.name := defaultfont;
+iBig.iFont.scale := 3;
+
+PictureInfoCopy.iSmall(iPict);
+iSmall.boxed := 1;
+iSmall.borderColor := green;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ EPicture.a(iBig)("yummy");
+ EPicture.b(iSmall)("cool");
+% you can still modify a.info
+% and b.info if you wish.
+
+ a.nw = (0,0);
+ b.nw = a.sw + (0,-10);
+
+ drawObjects(a, b)
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save a, b, c, myFixed;
+ PictureInfoCopy.myFixed(iPict);
+ myFixed.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+ myFixed.fixedWidth := 15;
+ myFixed.fixedHeight := 20;
+ myFixed.boxed := 1;
+
+ EPicture.a(myFixed)("a");
+ EPicture.b(myFixed)(".-.");
+ EPicture.c(myFixed)("toolong");
+
+ leftToRight.bottom(10)(a, b, c);
+
+ drawObjects(a, b, c);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save a, b, c, myFixed;
+ PictureInfoCopy.myFixed(iPict);
+ myFixed.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+ myFixed.bottom := 4.5;
+ myFixed.valign := "bottom";
+ myFixed.halign := "center";
+ myFixed.fixedWidth := 25;
+ myFixed.fixedHeight := 15;
+ myFixed.boxed := 1;
+
+ EPicture.a(myFixed)("a");
+ EPicture.b(myFixed)("yum");
+ EPicture.c(myFixed)("b");
+
+ leftToRight.bottom(10)(a, b, c);
+
+ drawObjects(a, b, c);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/picture_info.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/picture_stack.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/picture_stack.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/picture_stack.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input boxes;
+input util_commons;
+input util_object;
+input util_picture;
+input util_group;
+input util_picture_stack;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ iStack.boxed := 1;
+ iStack.iPict.boxed := 1;
+ PictureStack.myStack("foo",
+ "bar: int" infont "tyxtt",
+ "cool-man-centered" infont defaultfont,
+ "nice")("vcenter");
+
+ myStack.nw = (0,0);
+ drawObject(myStack);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+endfig;
+
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/picture_stack.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/positioning.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/positioning.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/positioning.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+ Class.C("C")()();
+ Class.Base("Base")()();
+
+
+ A.ne = B.nw - (20,0);
+ B.ne = C.nw - (20,0);
+ Base.s = B.n + (0,20);
+
+ drawObjects(Base, A, B, C);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save A, B, C, Base;
+
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B("B")()();
+ Class.C("C")()();
+ Class.Base("Base")()();
+
+ leftToRight(20)(A, B, C);
+ topToBottom(20)(Base, B);
+
+ drawObjects(Base, A, B, C);
+endfig;
+
+iPict.boxed := 1;
+spacing := 5;
+string strA, strB, strC;
+strA := "a";
+strB := "...";
+strC := "Cyan";
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ leftToRight.top(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.left, X.top) -- (Z.right, X.top) dashed evenly withpen pencircle withcolor red;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ leftToRight.midy(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.left, X.midy) -- (Z.right, X.midy) dashed evenly withpen pencircle withcolor red;;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ leftToRight.bottom(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.left, X.bottom) -- (Z.right, X.bottom) dashed evenly withpen pencircle withcolor red;;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ topToBottom.left(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.left, X.top) -- (X.left, Z.bottom) dashed evenly withpen pencircle withcolor red;;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(7);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ topToBottom.midx(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.midx, X.top) -- (X.midx, Z.bottom) dashed evenly withpen pencircle withcolor red;;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(8);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ topToBottom.right(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.right, X.top) -- (X.right, Z.bottom) dashed evenly withpen pencircle withcolor red;;
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/positioning.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/properties.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/properties.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/properties.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+% Sample MetaUML figures.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.Test("Test")("a1","a2","a3")("aLongMethod():void");
+
+ Test.nw = (0,0);
+ Class_draw.Test;
+
+ dotlabel.ulft(btex nw etex, Test.nw);
+ dotlabel.top(btex n etex, Test.n);
+ dotlabel.urt(btex ne etex, Test.ne);
+ dotlabel.rt(btex e etex, Test.e);
+ dotlabel.lrt(btex se etex, Test.se);
+ dotlabel.bot(btex s etex, Test.s);
+ dotlabel.llft(btex sw etex, Test.sw);
+ dotlabel.lft(btex w etex, Test.w);
+
+ dotlabel.lft(btex c etex, Test.c);
+
+ draw Test.nw - (50,0) -- Test.ne + (10,0);
+ label.urt(btex top etex, Test.nw - (50,0));
+
+ draw Test.sw - (50,0) -- Test.se + (10,0);
+ label.lrt(btex bottom etex, Test.sw - (50,0));
+
+ draw Test.nw + (0,10) -- Test.sw - (0, 50);
+ label.bot(btex left etex, Test.sw - (0,50));
+
+ draw Test.ne + (0,10) -- Test.se - (0, 50);
+ label.bot(btex right etex, Test.se - (0,50));
+
+ drawarrow Test.nw - (25,0) -- Test.sw - (25,0);
+ label.lft(btex height etex, .5[Test.nw, Test.sw] - (25,0));
+
+ drawarrow Test.sw - (0,25) -- Test.se - (0,25);
+ label.bot(btex width etex, .5[Test.sw, Test.se] - (0,25));
+endfig;
+
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/properties.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/state.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/state.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/state.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+% Sample MetaUML figures.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ State.s("Take order")();
+ drawObject(s);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ Begin.b;
+ End.e;
+ State.c("Component")();
+ State.composite("Composite")(b, e, c);
+
+ b.midx = e.midx = c.midx;
+ c.top = b.bottom - 20;
+ e.top = c.bottom - 20;
+
+ composite.info.drawNameLine := 1;
+ drawObject(composite);
+
+ link(transition)(b.s -- c.n);
+ link(transition)(c.s -- e.n);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save s;
+ State.s("An interesting state",
+ "which is worth mentioning")();
+ stateTransitions.s(
+ "OnEntry / Open eyes",
+ "OnExit / Sleep well");
+ s.info.drawNameLine := 1;
+
+ drawObject(s);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/state.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/statemachine_diagrams.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/statemachine_diagrams.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/statemachine_diagrams.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+% for f in `find . | grep '.*\.[1-9]'`; do echo $f; done
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Begin.b;
+ State.on("On")();
+ State.off("Off")();
+ End.e;
+
+ setObjectJoin(pb.w = pa.e + (20,0));
+ joinObjects(b, on, off, e);
+ drawObjects(b, on, off, e);
+
+ clink(transition)(b, on);
+ clink(transition)(on, off);
+ clink(transition)(off, e);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save b, reading, processing, e, exit;
+
+ Begin.b;
+ State.reading("Commands read")();
+ State.processing("Processing commands")();
+ End.e;
+ setObjectJoin(pb.n = pa.s + (0, -20));
+ joinObjects(b, reading, processing, e);
+
+ State.composite("Work")(b, reading, processing, e);
+ drawObject(composite);
+
+ clink(transition)(b, reading);
+ clink(transition)(reading, processing);
+ clink(transition)(processing, e);
+
+ ExitPoint.exit;
+ exit.c=(composite.right, reading.midy);
+ drawObject(exit);
+ item(iAssoc)("error")(obj.nw = exit.s);
+
+ clink(transition)(reading, exit);
+
+ State.error("Prepare error report")();
+ State.result("Display result")();
+ End.theEnd;
+
+ error.midx = result.midx = theEnd.midx = composite.right + 90;
+ error.midy = exit.midy;
+ result.midy = processing.midy;
+ theEnd.midy = e.midy;
+ drawObjects(error, result, theEnd);
+
+ clink(transition)(exit, error);
+ clink(transition)(error, result);
+ clink(transition)(result, theEnd);
+
+ link(transition)(rpathHorizontal(result.w, composite.right));
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/statemachine_diagrams.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_activity.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_activity.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_activity.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Begin.b;
+ End.e;
+
+ e.n = (30,30);
+ drawObject(b);
+ show "Object b drawn";
+ drawObject(e);
+
+ link(associationUni)(pathCut(b,e)(b.c--e.c));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ EActivity.act(iActivity)("go to school", "while singing");
+ drawObject(act);
+
+ Branch.br;
+ br.nw = (50,50);
+ drawObject(br);
+
+ Fork.fork("h",30);
+ fork.nw = (30,70);
+ drawObject(fork);
+endfig;
+
+end
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_activity.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(0);
+ show "Copying class info...";
+ ClassInfoCopy.foo(iClass);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class_setDebugMode.A;
+
+ A.nw=(0,0);
+ Class_draw.A;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save B;
+ Class.B("B")("+ a:int")();
+ Class_setDebugMode.B;
+
+ B.nw=(0,0);
+ Class_draw.B;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save C;
+ Class.C("C")("+ a-#~+:int", "- b-#~+:int", "- g-#~+:int", "~ c-#~+:int", "# g-#~+:double")();
+ Class_setDebugMode.C;
+
+ C.nw=(0,0);
+ Class_draw.C;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save D;
+ Class.D("D")
+ ("+ a-#~+:int", "- b-#~+:int", "- g-#~+:int", "~ c-#~+:int", "# g-#~+:double")
+ ("+ a()-#~+:int", "- b()-#~+:int", "- g()-#~+:int", "~ c()-#~+:int", "# g()-#~+:double");
+ Class_setDebugMode.D;
+
+ D.nw=(0,0);
+ Class_draw.D;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save P, Q;
+
+ Class.P("AAA")()();
+ Class_stereotypes.P("ooo", "home", "interface");
+ Class_setDebugMode.P;
+ P.nw=(0,0);
+ Class_draw.P;
+
+ Class.Q("AAA")()();
+ Class_stereotypes.Q("ooo", "home", "interface");
+ Q.nw=P.ne + (20,0);
+ Class_draw.Q;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ save A;
+
+ Class.A("User6")()();
+ Class_stereotypes.A("<<interface>>","<<home>>");
+ A.nw=(0,0);
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(7)
+ save A;
+ Class.A("User7")()();
+ A.info.iMethodStack.left := A.info.iMethodStack.right := 50;
+ A.info.iMethodStack.top := A.info.iMethodStack.bottom := 20;
+
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(8)
+ save inter;
+ EClass.inter(iInterface)("Observer")()("+update(src: Object)");
+ drawObjects(inter);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(9)
+ save inter;
+ EInterface.inter(iInterface)("Observer")("+update(src: Object)");
+ drawObjects(inter);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(10)
+ save inter;
+ Interface.inter("Observer")("+update(src: Object)");
+ drawObjects(inter);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(11)
+ save A;
+ EClass.A(iAbstractClass)("AbstractClass")("[]{}")("+update(src: Object)");
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(12)
+ save A;
+ AbstractClass.A("AbstractClass")("[]{}")("+update(src: Object)");
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(13)
+ save A;
+ EClass.A(iClassNameOnly)("AClassWithNoCompartments")()();
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(14)
+ save A;
+ ClassName.A("AnotherClass");
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(15)
+ save A;
+ ClassName.A("AnotherClass");
+ classStereotypes.A("<<interface>>","<<remote>>");
+
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(16);
+ save A, B, C;
+
+ Class.A("Foo")
+ ("+a: int", "-b: int", "#c: int", "d: int")
+ ("+x()", "-y()", "#z()", "t()");
+ Class_noVisibilityMarkers.A;
+
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_feature_types.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_feature_types.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_feature_types.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+% Copyright 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ if not metauml_private_isAbstract(abstract "foo"):
+ 1 = 2;
+ fi;
+
+ if metauml_private_isAbstract("@abstracp"):
+ 1 = 2;
+ fi;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ if not metauml_private_isStatic(static "bar"):
+ 1 = 2;
+ fi;
+
+ if metauml_private_isStatic("@statique"):
+ 1 = 2;
+ fi;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ Class.A("A")
+ ("+a:int+", static "+b:int")
+ ("+f+():int", static "+g+():int", abstract "+h():int");
+ Class_setDebugMode.A;
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save A;
+ Class.A("A")
+ (static "-instanceCount:int")
+ (static "+getInstanceCount():int", abstract "+work()");
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save A, B;
+ Class.A("A")()();
+ Class.B(abstract "B")()();
+ Class.C("C")()(abstract "foo()");
+
+ leftToRight(5)(A, B, C);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_feature_types.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_qual_assoc.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_qual_assoc.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_qual_assoc.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ save P,qa;
+
+ Class.P("Person")()();
+ QualifiedAssociation.qa("accountNumber:int", "foo: id");
+
+ P.nw = (0,0);
+ qa.n = P.s;
+
+
+ P.info.iName.left := 35;
+ P.info.iName.right := 35;
+ drawObjects(P);
+
+ drawObject(qa);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save P,qa;
+
+ Class.P("Person")()();
+ QualifiedAssociation.qa("accountNumber:int", "foo: id", "foolang");
+
+ P.nw = (0,0);
+ qa.w = P.e;
+
+ P.info.shade := 0;
+ P.info.iMethodStack.top := 20;
+ drawObjects(P);
+
+ drawObject(qa);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_qual_assoc.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_templates.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_templates.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_templates.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ save P,template;
+
+ Class.P("Person")()();
+ Template.template("foo", "bar");
+
+ drawObjectAt(P)(P.nw=(0,0));
+
+ Template_attachToClass.template(P);
+ drawObject(template);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save P,template;
+
+ Class.P("Person")()();
+ Template.template("foo: int");
+ Template_attachToClass.template(P);
+
+ drawObjectAt(P)(P.nw=(0,0));
+ drawObject(template);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save CA, TA, CB, TB, CC, TC;
+ Class.CA("VeryVeryLongClassName")()();
+ ClassTemplate.TA("int foo")(CA);
+
+ Class.CB("Shortie")("abracadabra: long long int")();
+ ClassTemplate.TB("T")(CB);
+
+ Class.CC("Shortie")("abracadabra: long long int")();
+ ClassTemplate.TC("TrulyAmazingLongTypename")(CC);
+
+ CA.s = CB.n + (0,14);
+ CB.s = CC.n + (0,14);
+
+ drawObjects(CA, TA, CB, TB, CC, TC);
+endfig;
+
+
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_class_templates.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_component.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_component.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_component.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+input metauml;
+input metauml_component;
+input metauml_component_relations;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.classA("Class A")()();
+ Class.classB("Class B")()();
+
+ Component.compA("Component A")();
+ Component.compB("Component B")();
+ Component.compC("Component C")(compA, compB, classA, classB);
+
+ compB.w = compA.e + (40, 0);
+ classA.w = compB.e + (20, 0);
+ classB.w = classA.e + (20, 0);
+
+ drawObjects(compC);
+
+ path open;
+ open := compA.e .. compA.e + (20, 0);
+ path close;
+
+ close := compB.w .. compA.e + (20, 0);
+
+ link(requiredInterface)(open);
+
+ link(providedInterface)(close);
+endfig;
+
+end
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_component.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_font.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_font.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_font.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+string theFont;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ theFont := "pcrr";
+
+ boxjoin(a.sw=b.nw);
+
+ boxit.ff(("Font name: ( ) " & theFont) infont theFont);
+ boxit.s0("<<stereotype>> text with guillemets. ><>><<" infont theFont );
+ boxit.s1("<<a>>, <<b>>, <<c>>" infont theFont);
+ boxit.s2("[g uard] text with square brackets []]." infont theFont);
+ boxit.s3("{c onstraint} text with curly brackets {}}." infont theFont);
+
+ drawboxed(ff, s0, s1, s2, s3);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save ff,s,g,c;
+ theFont := "tyxbtt";
+
+ boxjoin(a.sw=b.nw);
+
+ boxit.ff(("Font name: ( ) " & theFont) infont theFont);
+ boxit.s0("<<stereotype>> text with guillemets. ><>><<" infont theFont );
+ boxit.s1("<<a>>, <<b>>, <<c>>" infont theFont);
+ boxit.s2("[g uard] text with square brackets []]." infont theFont);
+ boxit.s3("{c onstraint} text with curly brackets {}}." infont theFont);
+
+ drawboxed(ff, s0, s1, s2, s3);endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ picture pA, pB, pC;
+ string sA, sB, sC;
+ sA := "assembleElementLocalMatrix(k: KeyType, mat: LocalMatrixType, a: AssembleAction)";
+ sB := "assembleElementLocalMatri(k: KeyType, mat: LocalMatrixType, a: AssembleAction)";
+ sC := "assembleElntLocalMatri(k: KeyType, mat: LocalMatrixType, a: AssembleAction)";
+
+ pA := sA infont "tyxbtt";
+ pB := sB infont "tyxbtt";
+ pC := sC infont "tyxbtt";
+
+ draw pA;
+ draw pB shifted (0,-20);
+ draw pC shifted (0,-40);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save ff,s,g,c;
+ theFont := "ptmr8r";
+
+ boxjoin(a.sw=b.nw);
+ boxit.ff(("Font name: ( ) " & theFont) infont theFont);
+
+ boxit.s0("<<stereotype>> text with guillemets. ><>><<" infont theFont );
+ boxit.s1("<<a>>, <<b>>, <<c>>" infont theFont);
+ boxit.s2("[g uard] text with square brackets []]." infont theFont);
+ boxit.s3("{c onstraint} text with curly brackets {}}." infont theFont);
+
+ drawboxed(ff, s0, s1, s2, s3);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_font.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_group.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_group.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_group.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ save p,q,r,t,g;
+
+ EPicture.p(iPictBoxed)("p0");
+ EPicture.q(iPictBoxed)("p1");
+ p.se = q.nw;
+
+ string f;
+ f= enumToString(p,q)("");
+ show "f=" & f;
+
+ EGroup.g(iGroup)(p,q);
+ g.nw = (0,0);
+
+ drawObject(g);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save g,h,p,gg;
+
+ Group.g();
+ g.info.boxed := 1;
+ g.nw = (30,30);
+ drawObject(g);
+
+ Picture.p("Test picture in group");
+ p.info.boxed := 1;
+ Group.h(p);
+ h.info.boxed := 1;
+ h.nw = (0,0);
+ drawObject(h);
+
+ Picture.v0("s"); v0.info.boxed := 1;
+ Picture.v1("s"); v1.info.boxed := 1;
+ v1.nw = v0.se + (10,10);
+ Group.gg(v0, v1); gg.info.boxed := 1;
+ gg.nw = (70,70);
+ drawObject(gg);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_group.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_instance.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_instance.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_instance.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Radu-George Radulescu
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Instance.A(":Foo")("int: val1", "bool: val2");
+ Instance.B(":Bar")("very long text for testing purposes");
+ Instance.C("s: Student")("line1", "line2", "line3", "line4", "line5");
+ Instance.D("Example")("small");
+ Instance.E("g: Yummy")("{placed}", "{color=red}");
+
+ B.w = A.e + (20, 0);
+ C.n = A.s - (0, 20);
+ D.w = C.e + (20, 0);
+ E.w = D.e + (20, 0);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C, D, E);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_instance.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_lars_issues.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_lars_issues.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_lars_issues.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+input metauml;
+
+numeric u;
+u = 1.3cm;
+
+beginfig(1);
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+Class.ElLocSysAcc("ElementLocalSystemAcceptor")
+()
+("+startElementAssebly()",
+ "+assembleElementLocalMatrix(k: KeyType, mat: LocalMatrixType, a: AssembleAction)",
+ "+assembleElementLocalRHS(k: KeyType, rhs: LocalRHSType, a: AssembleAction)",
+ "+endElementAssembly()");
+
+classStereotypes.ElLocSysAcc("<<interface>>");
+ClassTemplate.TEl("KeyType: typename")(ElLocSysAcc);
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ Class.FaceLocSysAcc("FaceLocalSystemAcceptor")
+ ()
+ ("+startFaceAssebly()",
+ "+assembleFaceLocalMatrix(k1: KeyType, k2: KeyType, mat: LocalMatrixType, a: AssembleAction)",
+ "+assembleFaceLocalRHS(k: KeyType, rhs: LocalRHSType, a: AssembleAction)",
+ "+endFaceAssembly()");
+
+ classStereotypes.FaceLocSysAcc("<<interface>>");
+ ClassTemplate.TFa("KeyType: typename")(FaceLocSysAcc);
+
+ %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ Class.SolProvider("SolutionProvider")
+ ()
+ ("+startSortBack()",
+ "+getLocalSolution(k: KeyType, sol: LocalSolutionType)",
+ "+endSortBack()");
+
+ classStereotypes.SolProvider("<<interface>>");
+ ClassTemplate.TSol("KeyType: typename")(SolProvider);
+
+% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ % now inherit from these for LapackMatrixSorter
+ Class.LapackMS("LapackMatrixSorter")
+ ("-indMan: IndexManager",
+ "-A: LaGenMatDouble&",
+ "-x: LaVectorDouble&",
+ "-b: LaVectorDouble&"
+ )
+ ("+startElementAssembly()");
+
+ ClassTemplate.TLap("KeyType: typename", "IndexManager: class")(LapackMS);
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% where to draw these:
+FaceLocSysAcc.nw = ElLocSysAcc.ne + (1.5u, 0);
+SolProvider.nw = FaceLocSysAcc.ne + (1.5u, 0);
+LapackMS.n = FaceLocSysAcc.s + (0, -3u);
+
+drawObjects(ElLocSysAcc, TEl, FaceLocSysAcc, TFa,
+ SolProvider, TSol, LapackMS, TLap);
+
+% 50: how much should the path raise upwards before making a horizontal turn.
+link(inheritance)(pathStepY(LapackMS.n, FaceLocSysAcc.s, 50));
+link(inheritance)(pathStepY(LapackMS.n, SolProvider.s, 50));
+link(inheritance)(pathStepY(LapackMS.n, ElLocSysAcc.s, 50));
+
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ Begin.b;
+ Activity.A("Activity A", "on line two");
+ Activity.B("Activity B");
+ End.e;
+
+ % or other positioning code...
+ setObjectJoin(pa.s = pb.n + (0,20));
+ joinObjects(b, A, B, e);
+
+ % important: first draw the activities
+ drawObjects(b, A, B, e);
+
+ % you can now draw the transitions
+ clink(transition)(b, A);
+ clink(transition)(A, B);
+ link(transition)(pathStepX(B.e, e.e, 30));
+
+ item(iGuard)("guard")(obj.sw = .5[b.s, A.n]);
+endfig;
+
+end;
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_lars_issues.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_lowlevel.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_lowlevel.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_lowlevel.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+input util_infrastructure;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ show "Lowlevel test";
+ %string foo;
+ %foo := var_instruction(numeric) x, y;
+ %show foo;
+ %foo := foo & ";";
+ %show foo;
+ attributes(foo);
+ _n_ := "foo";
+ %scantokens foo;
+ %string x;
+ %x := str(numeric);
+ var(numeric) x;
+
+ label.top("nothing shown (intentionally)", (0,0));
+endfig;
+
+vardef _foo@#=
+ attributes(@#);
+ var(string) @#a[];
+ @#a[0] := "fpp";
+ @#a[1] := "gqq";
+enddef;
+
+% _foo.b; % not working
+
+vardef _bar@#(text s)=
+ attributes(@#);
+ var(string) elements;
+ @#elements := enumToString(s)("");
+enddef;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ for f = scantokens "a, b, c":
+ show f;
+ endfor;
+ _bar.xx(a, b, c, d);
+ show xx.elements;
+ for f = scantokens xx.elements:
+ show f;
+ endfor;
+ label.top("nothing shown (intentionally)", (0,0));
+endfig;
+
+end
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_lowlevel.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_note.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_note.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_note.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml_note;
+input metauml_base;
+input metauml_paths;
+input metauml_links;
+input metauml_class_relations;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Note.foo("This is the first line", "and this the second one.");
+ drawObject(foo);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save foo;
+ Note.foo("Please disregard this note.");
+ Note.bar("Please take the other note", "very seriously.");
+
+ bar.s = foo.n + (10,20);
+ drawObjects(foo, bar);
+ clink(dashedLink)(foo, bar);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_note.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_package.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_package.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_package.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+input metauml;
+input metauml_package;
+input metauml_package_relations;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Package.emptyPackage("")();
+
+ Package.nameOnlyPackage("java.sun.com")();
+
+ Class.oneClass("A class")()();
+ Package.oneClassPackage("One class package")(oneClass);
+
+ Instance.oneInstance("An instance")();
+ State.oneState("A state")();
+ Activity.oneActivity("An activity");
+ Package.multiPackage("Multipackage")(oneInstance, oneState, oneActivity);
+
+ Package.allPackage("This package contains them all")(emptyPackage, nameOnlyPackage,
+ oneClassPackage, multiPackage);
+
+ nameOnlyPackage.nw = emptyPackage.ne + (30, 0);
+ oneClassPackage.ne = emptyPackage.s - (0, 50);
+
+ multiPackage.top = oneClassPackage.top;
+ multiPackage.left = oneClassPackage.right + 20;
+
+ centered_align_top(oneState, oneActivity)(10, below(oneInstance.s, 20));
+
+ drawObjects(allPackage);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ Package.nameOnlyOnTopPackage("Name on top")();
+ nameOnlyOnTopPackage.info.forceEmptyContent := 1;
+ Package.nameOnlyInMiddlePackage("By default, the name", "is in the middle")();
+
+ Class.cl("A class")("Attribute")("Method");
+ Package.notEmptyPackage("Contains class")(cl);
+
+ nameOnlyInMiddlePackage.n = nameOnlyOnTopPackage.s - (0, 40);
+ notEmptyPackage.w = nameOnlyInMiddlePackage.e + (80, 0);
+ drawObjects(nameOnlyOnTopPackage, nameOnlyInMiddlePackage, notEmptyPackage);
+
+ %link(import)(pathStepX(notEmptyPackage.w, nameOnlyOnTopPackage.e, -30));
+ %link(import)(pathVertical(nameOnlyInMiddlePackage.ne - (10, 0), nameOnlyOnTopPackage.bottom));
+ %link(import)(notEmptyPackage.sw -- nameOnlyInMiddlePackage.ne);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ link(nest)((10,10)--(30,30));
+endfig;
+
+
+end
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_package.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_paths.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_paths.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_paths.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+iPict.boxed := 1;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ iClass.shade := 3;
+ Class.F("Foo")("a: int","b: int")();
+ Class.B("Bar")()();
+
+ B.nw = F.ne + (20,-20);
+
+ drawObjects(B, F);
+
+ link(association)(B.nw -- F.ne);
+
+ draw objectBorder(B) withcolor red;
+ draw objectBorder(F) withcolor blue;
+
+ link(association)(pathCut(B,F)(B.c--F.c));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save A, B;
+
+ Picture.A("A");
+ Picture.B("Blue");
+
+ B.sw = A.ne + (20,20);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B);
+
+ link(associationUni)(pathManhattanX(A.e, B));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save A, B, C, D, O;
+
+ Picture.A("Alpha");
+ Picture.B("Beta");
+ Picture.C("Gamma");
+ Picture.D("Delta");
+ Picture.O("Omega");
+
+ A.c = O.c + (-50,50);
+ B.c = O.c + (50,50);
+ C.c = O.c + (-50,-50);
+ D.c = O.c + (50,-50);
+
+ drawObjects(O, A, B, C, D);
+
+ link(associationUni)(pathManhattanX(O, A));
+ link(associationUni)(pathManhattanX(O, B));
+ link(associationUni)(pathManhattanX(O, C));
+ link(associationUni)(pathManhattanX(O, D));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ show "";
+ show "";
+ show " FIGURE 3";
+
+ save A, B, C, D, O;
+
+ Picture.A("Alpha");
+ Picture.B("Beta");
+ Picture.C("Gamma");
+ Picture.D("Delta");
+ Picture.O("Omega");
+
+ A.c = O.c + (-50,50);
+ B.c = O.c + (50,50);
+ C.c = O.c + (-50,-50);
+ D.c = O.c + (50,-50);
+
+ drawObjects(O, A, B, C, D);
+
+ link(associationUni)(pathManhattanX(O, A));
+ link(associationUni)(pathManhattanX(O, B));
+ link(associationUni)(pathManhattanX(O, C));
+ link(associationUni)(pathManhattanX(O, D));
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_paths.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+string theFont;
+theFont := "tyxbtt";
+
+beginfig(1);
+ draw "xxx" infont defaultfont scaled defaultscale shifted (0,0);
+ draw "yyy" infont (iFont.name) scaled (iFont.scale) shifted (25, 0);
+
+ Picture.p("foo, bar, baz");
+ p.nw = (0,0);
+ drawObject(p);
+
+ Picture.q("qux, norf");
+ drawObjectAt(q)( q.nw = (30,30) );
+
+ FontInfo.foo("tyxbtt", 1);
+ PictureInfo.iNice(3,6,5,10)(foo);
+ iNice.boxed := 1;
+
+ EPicture.myPic(iNice)("Custom iPicture");
+ drawObjectAt(myPic)( myPic.nw = (70,0));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save p, q, r, t;
+
+ Picture.p("foo");
+ Picture.q("bar");
+ p.nw = (10, 10);
+ q.nw = (20, 20);
+
+ drawObject(p);
+ drawObject(q);
+
+ drawObjects(p, q);
+
+ Picture.a0("root" infont defaultfont);
+ Picture.a1("toof");
+
+ a[0].nw = (30, 30);
+ a[1].nw = (50, 50);
+
+ drawObjects(scantokens listArray(a)(2));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save p, q, r, t, u, pp;
+
+ bboxmargin := 0;
+
+ picture pp;
+ pp = "a" infont theFont;
+ Picture.p(pp);
+ Picture.q("foo" infont theFont);
+ Picture.r("bar" infont theFont);
+ Picture.t("baz");
+ Picture.u("norf" infont theFont);
+
+ p.nw = (0,0);
+ setObjectJoin(pa.left=pb.left; pa.bottom = pb.top + 1);
+ joinDrawObjects(p, q, r, t, u);
+
+ defaultdy:=0;
+ boxjoin(a.sw=b.nw; a.se=b.ne);
+ boxit.A0("foo1");
+ boxit.A1("bar1");
+ boxit.A2("baz2");
+ boxit.A3("norf2");
+ boxit.A4("..");
+ A0.nw=(50,0);
+ drawboxed(A0,A1,A2,A3,A4);
+
+ myy := 10;
+
+ bboxmargin := 0;
+
+ pair p;
+ p := (30,myy);
+ dotlabel.lrt(".", p);
+ picture x;
+ x := "f: int" infont theFont;
+ draw bbox(x) shifted p;
+ draw x shifted p;
+
+ pair q;
+ q := (70,myy);
+ dotlabel.lrt(".", q);
+ picture y;
+ y := "goofy: int" infont theFont;
+ draw bbox(y) shifted q;
+ draw y shifted q;
+
+ pair qq;
+ qq := (135,myy);
+ dotlabel.lrt(".", qq);
+ picture y;
+ y := "goot" infont theFont;
+ draw bbox(y) shifted qq;
+ draw y shifted qq;
+
+ draw (0,myy)--(150, myy) dashed evenly;
+
+ myyb := 30;
+ Picture.aa(btex goof etex);
+ aa.sw = (30, myyb);
+ Picture_draw.aa;
+
+ draw (0,myyb)--(100, myyb) dashed evenly;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save a, b;
+ FontInfo.myFont(theFont, 1);
+ PictureInfo.myWay(0,0,0,0)(myFont);
+ myWay.boxed := 1;
+
+ EPicture.a0(myWay)("goof");
+ EPicture.a1(myWay)("Aoorian");
+ EPicture.a2(myWay)("fpp");
+ EPicture.a3(myWay)("f: int");
+ EPicture.a4(myWay)("aa()");
+
+ a0.nw = (0,0);
+ setObjectJoin(pa.bottom = pb.bottom; pa.right = pb.left - 10);
+ joinDrawObjects(scantokens listArray(a)(5));
+
+ draw a0.sw -- a4.se withcolor black dashed evenly;
+
+ myWay.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+ EPicture.b0(myWay)("foo");
+ EPicture.b1(myWay)("Bar baz");
+ EPicture.b2(myWay)("qux");
+ EPicture.b3(myWay)("f: int");
+ EPicture.b4(myWay)("aa()");
+
+ b0.nw = (0,-20);
+ setObjectJoin(pa.bottom = pb.bottom; pa.right = pb.left - 10);
+ joinDrawObjects(scantokens listArray(b)(5));
+
+ draw b0.sw -- b4.se withcolor black dashed evenly;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ truecorners := 1;
+ bboxmargin := 0;
+ save p;
+ picture basepict;
+ basepict := "<<foo>>" infont "tyxtt";
+
+ draw basepict;
+ draw bbox basepict;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ item.foo(iPictBoxed)("foo bar baz")(foo.nw = (0,0));
+ item.bar(iPict)("x: int")(bar.nw = (20,20));
+
+ aitem(iPictBoxed)("an anounymous item")(obj.nw = (40,10));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(7);
+ save a, b, c, d, e, myFixed;
+ PictureInfoCopy.myFixed(iPict);
+ myFixed.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+ myFixed.fixedWidth := 20;
+ myFixed.boxed := 1;
+
+ EPicture.a(myFixed)("a");
+ EPicture.b(myFixed)("bar");
+ EPicture.c(myFixed)(".-.");
+ EPicture.d(myFixed)("baz");
+ EPicture.e(myFixed)("qux norf");
+
+ leftToRight.bottom(20)(a, b, c, d, e);
+
+ drawObjects(a, b, c, d, e);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(8);
+ save a, b, c, d, e, myFixed;
+ PictureInfoCopy.myFixed(iPict);
+ myFixed.halign := "center";
+ myFixed.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+ myFixed.fixedWidth := 20;
+ myFixed.boxed := 1;
+
+ EPicture.a(myFixed)("a");
+ EPicture.b(myFixed)("bar");
+ EPicture.c(myFixed)(".-.");
+ EPicture.d(myFixed)("baz");
+ EPicture.e(myFixed)("qux norf");
+
+ leftToRight.bottom(20)(a, b, c, d, e);
+
+ drawObjects(a, b, c, d, e);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(9);
+ save a, b, c, d, e, myFixed;
+ PictureInfoCopy.myFixed(iPict);
+ myFixed.halign := "center";
+ myFixed.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+ myFixed.fixedWidth := 20;
+ myFixed.fixedHeight := 30;
+ myFixed.boxed := 1;
+
+ EPicture.a(myFixed)("a");
+ EPicture.b(myFixed)("bar");
+ EPicture.c(myFixed)(".-.");
+ EPicture.d(myFixed)("baz");
+ EPicture.e(myFixed)("qux norf");
+
+ leftToRight.bottom(20)(a, b, c, d, e);
+
+ drawObjects(a, b, c, d, e);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(10);
+ save a, b, c, d, e, myFixed;
+ PictureInfoCopy.myFixed(iPict);
+ myFixed.halign := "center";
+ myFixed.valign := "center";
+ myFixed.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+ myFixed.fixedWidth := 20;
+ myFixed.fixedHeight := 30;
+ myFixed.boxed := 1;
+
+ EPicture.a(myFixed)("a");
+ EPicture.b(myFixed)("bar");
+ EPicture.c(myFixed)(".-.");
+ EPicture.d(myFixed)("baz");
+ EPicture.e(myFixed)("qux norf");
+
+ leftToRight.bottom(20)(a, b, c, d, e);
+
+ drawObjects(a, b, c, d, e);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(11);
+ save a, b, c;
+ Picture.a("goo");
+ a.info.textDecoration := "underline";
+
+ Picture.b("foo()");
+ b.info.textDecoration := "underline";
+
+ Picture.c("x");
+ c.info.textDecoration := "underline";
+
+ topToBottom(5)(a, b, c);
+
+ drawObjects(a, b, c);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture_stack.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture_stack.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture_stack.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+string theFont;
+theFont := "tyxtt";
+
+util_log_thresholdlevel := 100;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.stackWay(iStack);
+
+ EPictureStack.emptyStack(stackWay)()("vcenter");
+ emptyStack.nw=(10,10);
+ drawObject(emptyStack);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ PictureStack.myStack("foo")("vcenter");
+ myStack.nw = (0,0);
+ PictureStack_draw.myStack;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ PictureStack.myStackB("foo", "bar")("vcenter");
+ myStackB.nw = (0,0);
+ PictureStack_draw.myStackB;
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ % 1
+ PictureStack.stack("item A", "item B long", "C")("vcenter");
+ stack.info.boxed := 1;
+ stack.info.iPict.boxed := 1; % this does nothing, it's too late
+
+ stack.nw = (0,0);
+ drawObject(stack);
+
+ % 2
+ PictureStack.stackb("item A", "item B long", "C")("vcenter");
+ stackb.info.boxed := 1;
+ stackb.pict[0].info.boxed := 1;
+ stackb.pict[2].info.boxed := 1;
+
+ stackb.nw = (100,0);
+ drawObject(stackb);
+
+ % 3
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.myInfo(iStack);
+ myInfo.boxed := 1;
+ myInfo.iPict.boxed := 1;
+ EPictureStack.stackc(myInfo)("item A", "item B long", "C")("vcenter");
+
+ stackc.nw = (200,0);
+ drawObject(stackc);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ vardef joinCallback= enddef;
+ PictureStack.custom("A.A", "B__________B", "C-----C")
+ ("joinCallback");
+
+ drawObject(custom);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ save custom;
+
+ pickup pencircle scaled 4pt;
+ drawdot origin;
+
+ vardef joinCallbackA=
+ setObjectJoin(pa.bottom = pb.top + index*10; pa.left = pb.left);
+ setObjectJoinFirst(pa.nw = (30,0));
+ enddef;
+
+ PictureStack.customA("go", "further", "and further", "and further still")
+ ("joinCallbackA");
+
+ vardef joinCallbackB=
+ setObjectJoin(pb.bottom = customA.pict[index].bottom; pb.midx = pa.midx);
+ setObjectJoinFirst(pa.bottom = customA.pict[index].bottom);
+ enddef;
+
+ PictureStack.customB(".", "..", "...", "....")
+ ("joinCallbackB");
+
+ drawObjects(customA, customB);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(7);
+ save stackX;
+ save stylePA, stylePB;
+ save stylePictureStack;
+
+ PictureInfoCopy.stylePA(iPict);
+ stylePA.borderColor := green;
+ stylePA.boxed := 1;
+
+ PictureInfoCopy.stylePB(iPict);
+ stylePB.borderColor := red;
+ stylePB.boxed := 1;
+
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.stylePictureStack(iStack);
+
+ def styleSupplier(expr i)= if i mod 2 = 0: stylePA else: stylePB fi enddef;
+
+ stylePictureStack.childStyleSupplier := "styleSupplier";
+
+ EPictureStack.stackX(stylePictureStack)("a","b","c","d","e")("vcenter");
+
+ drawObjects(stackX);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture_stack.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture_tex_rendering.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture_tex_rendering.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture_tex_rendering.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+input TEX;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ PictureInfoCopy.myP(iPict);
+ myP.boxed := 1;
+ myP.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+
+ EPicture.p(myP)( TEX("Hello, world $x=7$") );
+
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.myPS(iStack);
+ myPS.boxed := 1;
+ myPS.iPict.boxed := 1;
+ myPS.iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+
+ EPictureStack.ps(myPS)("Hello, world!",
+ TEX("This is cool: $x=y$."),
+ TEX("But this is insane: $\sum_1^3 f(x) \over x$!") ) ("vleft");
+
+ leftToRight(20)(p, ps);
+
+ drawObjects(p, ps);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_picture_tex_rendering.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_positioning.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_positioning.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_positioning.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+iPict.boxed := 1;
+spacing := 5;
+string strA, strB, strC;
+strA := "a";
+strB := "...";
+strC := "XYZ";
+
+beginfig(1);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.A(strA);
+ Picture.B(strB);
+ Picture.C(strC);
+
+ align(top, left, right)(spacing)("+")(A, B, C);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C);
+
+ draw (A.left, A.top) -- (C.right, A.top);
+
+ %%%%
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ leftToRight.top(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ X.top = A.bottom - 10;
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.left, X.top) -- (Z.right, X.top);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.A(strA);
+ Picture.B(strB);
+ Picture.C(strC);
+
+ align(midy, left, right)(spacing)("+")(A, B, C);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C);
+
+ draw (A.left, A.midy) -- (C.right, A.midy);
+
+ %%%%
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ leftToRight.midy(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ X.top = A.bottom - 10;
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.left, X.midy) -- (Z.right, X.midy);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.A(strA);
+ Picture.B(strB);
+ Picture.C(strC);
+
+ align(bottom, left, right)(spacing)("+")(A, B, C);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C);
+
+ draw (A.left, A.bottom) -- (C.right, A.bottom);
+
+ %%%%
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ leftToRight.bottom(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ X.top = A.bottom - 10;
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.left, X.bottom) -- (Z.right, X.bottom);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.A(strA);
+ Picture.B(strB);
+ Picture.C(strC);
+
+ align(left, top, bottom)(spacing)("-")(A, B, C);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C);
+
+ draw (A.left, A.top) -- (A.left, C.bottom);
+
+ %%%%
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ topToBottom.left(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ X.top = C.bottom - 10;
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.left, X.top) -- (X.left, Z.bottom);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.A(strA);
+ Picture.B(strB);
+ Picture.C(strC);
+
+ align(midx, top, bottom)(spacing)("-")(A, B, C);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C);
+
+ draw (A.midx, A.top) -- (A.midx, C.bottom);
+
+ %%%%
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ topToBottom.midx(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ X.top = C.bottom - 10;
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.midx, X.top) -- (X.midx, Z.bottom);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ save A, B, C, X, Y, Z;
+
+ Picture.A(strA);
+ Picture.B(strB);
+ Picture.C(strC);
+
+ align(right, top, bottom)(spacing)("-")(A, B, C);
+
+ drawObjects(A, B, C);
+
+ draw (A.right, A.top) -- (A.right, C.bottom);
+
+ %%%%
+
+ Picture.X(strA);
+ Picture.Y(strB);
+ Picture.Z(strC);
+
+ topToBottom.right(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+
+ X.top = C.bottom - 10;
+
+ drawObjects(X, Y, Z);
+
+ draw (X.right, X.top) -- (X.right, Z.bottom);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_positioning.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_skins.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_skins.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_skins.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+input metauml_skin_simple;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.HelloSkin("HelloSkin")("nice: int")("done(): void");
+ drawObject(HelloSkin);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_skins.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_skins_global_defaults.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_skins_global_defaults.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_skins_global_defaults.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+string metauml_defaultFont, metauml_defaultFontLight;
+metauml_defaultFont := "cmr12";
+metauml_defaultFontLight := "cmr10";
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.HelloSkinB("HelloSkinGlobal")("foo: int")("bar(): void");
+ drawObject(HelloSkinB);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_skins_global_defaults.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_state.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_state.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_state.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ EntryPoint.entry;
+ ExitPoint.exit;
+
+ entry.nw = (0,0);
+ exit.nw = (50,50);
+
+ drawObjects(entry, exit);
+ clink(transition)(entry, exit);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ EState.myState(iState)("The light is", "visibly on")();
+ drawObject(myState);
+
+ State.anotherState("Another nice state")();
+ anotherState.info.drawNameLine := 1;
+ drawObjectAt(anotherState)(anotherState.nw = (0,50));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ State.interesting("Interesting state")();
+ State_internalTransitions.interesting("OnEntry / doVeryHappy", "OnExit / doSomewhatSad");
+ interesting.info.drawNameLine := 1;
+
+ drawObject(interesting);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ Begin.b;
+ End.e;
+ State.sa("A state")();
+ State.sb("Another state")();
+ setObjectJoin(pb.w = pa.e + (40, 0));
+ joinObjects(b, sa, sb, e);
+
+ State.composite("Composite state")(b, e, sa, sb);
+ drawObject(composite);
+
+ clink(transition)(b, sa);
+ clink(transition)(sa, sb);
+ clink(transition)(sb, e);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(7);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_state.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_usecase.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_usecase.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_usecase.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+input metauml;
+
+HumanInfoCopy.iDwarf(iHuman);
+iDwarf.width := 60;
+iDwarf.height := 20;
+iDwarf.foreColor := blue;
+iDwarf.shadeColor := .8blue;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Human.h;
+ drawObject(h);
+ draw objectBox(h);
+
+ Human.h1;
+ h1.n = (35, 0);
+ h1.info.foreColor := red;
+ drawObject(h1);
+
+ Human.h2;
+ h2.info.height := 90;
+ h2.nw = (50,0);
+ drawObject(h2);
+ draw objectBox(h2);
+
+ EHuman.d(iDwarf);
+ drawObjectAt(d)(d.s = (10,-50));
+
+ EHuman.d2(iDwarf);
+ d2.info.shadeColor := red;
+ drawObjectAt(d2)(d2.s = (10,-80));
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ save a,b;
+
+ Actor.a("foo");
+ drawObject(a);
+
+ Actor.b("Actor line one", "and line two");
+ Actor_setDebugMode.b;
+ b.n = (70,0);
+ drawObject(b);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ Usecase.u("foo");
+ drawObject(u);
+
+ draw objectBox(u) withpen pencircle scaled .1;
+
+ draw u.n withpen pencircle scaled 2 withcolor red;
+ draw u.s withpen pencircle scaled 2 withcolor red;
+ draw u.e withpen pencircle scaled 2 withcolor red;
+ draw u.w withpen pencircle scaled 2 withcolor red;
+
+ draw u.ulft withpen pencircle scaled 2 withcolor blue;
+ draw u.urt withpen pencircle scaled 2 withcolor blue;
+ draw u.llft withpen pencircle scaled 2 withcolor blue;
+ draw u.lrt withpen pencircle scaled 2 withcolor blue;
+
+ Usecase.login("Log in for an eagerly", "awaiting user", "which spans well into a very long 3rd line.");
+ login.s = (0, 5);
+ drawObject(login);
+
+ Usecase.t("Line 1 goo bar", "Line 2");
+ t.s = login.n + (0,10);
+ drawObject(t);
+
+ Usecase.q("Line 1 abcdefg hij", "abcde", "Line 3 abc def ghe jkl", "Line 4 x");
+ q.s = t.n + (0,10);
+ drawObject(q);
+
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(4);
+ Actor.userA("User A2", "line 2", "line 3 long long long");
+ % Any Actor object is made of two sub-objects: nameStack and human.
+ % Each individual picture in the nameStack can be configured individually.
+ %
+ % However, it is not possible to configure all the lines in the nameStack at
+ % once now, saying something like:
+ %
+ % userA.nameStack.info.iPict.iFont.scale := 3;
+ %
+ % This happens because the information above is copied into the Picture objects
+ % in the Actor constructor (and it is useless to modify it afterwards).
+ %
+ % If you do want to make such global modifications of the settings, see the
+ % next two examples.
+
+ userA.nameStack.pict[0].info.iFont.scale := 1.2;
+ userA.nameStack.pict[1].info.iFont.scale := .7;
+ userA.nameStack.info.borderColor := blue;
+ userA.nameStack.info.boxed := 1;
+ userA.nameStack.group.info.left := 30;
+ userA.nameStack.group.info.right := 5;
+ userA.human.info.foreColor := red;
+
+ drawObject(userA);
+ %draw objectBox(userA.nameStack);
+ %draw objectBox(userA.human);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(5);
+ save userA;
+ % If you want to have preset a info for specific objects
+
+ ActorInfoCopy.iBig(iActor);
+
+ % ActorInfo contains info-s for two objects
+ % iNameStack: for the stack representing the actor's name
+ % iHuman: for the little human
+
+ iBig.iNameStack.iPict.iFont.scale := 3;
+ iBig.iNameStack.spacing := 25;
+ iBig.iHuman.height := 25;
+
+ EActor.userA(iBig)("User A", "Specifically configured");
+ drawObject(userA);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(6);
+ save userA;
+
+ iActor.iNameStack.iPict.iFont.scale := 2;
+ iActor.iNameStack.spacing := 18;
+
+ Actor.userA("User A", "Globally configured");
+ drawObject(userA);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(7);
+ save usecaseA;
+ Usecase.usecaseA("A highly customizable", "usecase. Foo bar!");
+ usecaseA.info.iNameStack.iPict.iFont.scale := .5;
+ drawObject(usecaseA);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(8);
+ save usecaseA;
+ Usecase.usecaseA("A highly customizable", "usecase. Foo bar 2!");
+ usecaseA.info.iNameStack.iPict.iFont.scale := 1.1;
+ usecaseA.info.foreColor := red;
+ usecaseA.info.borderColor := blue;
+ usecaseA.info.iShade.background := green;
+ usecaseA.info.iShade.shift := 4;
+ drawObject(usecaseA);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(9);
+ save usecaseA;
+ UsecaseInfoCopy.iMyUsecase(iUsecase);
+ iMyUsecase.iNameStack.iPict.iFont.scale := .6;
+ iMyUsecase.iNameStack.spacing := 5;
+ iMyUsecase.foreColor := green;
+ iMyUsecase.iShade.background := red;
+
+ EUsecase.usecaseA(iMyUsecase)("A highly ", " customizable usecase.");
+ EUsecase.usecaseB(iMyUsecase)("Another very ", " customizable usecase.");
+
+ usecaseB.info.iShade.background := green;
+
+ leftToRight(20)(usecaseA, usecaseB);
+ drawObjects(usecaseA, usecaseB);
+endfig;
+
+end
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/test_usecase.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/usecase.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/usecase.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/usecase.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+% Sample MetaUML figures.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Usecase.U("Authenticate user",
+ "by name, password");
+ drawObject(U);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(2);
+ Actor.A("User");
+ drawObject(A);
+endfig;
+
+beginfig(3);
+ save A;
+
+ Actor.A("Administrator");
+ drawObject(A);
+ draw A.nw -- A.ne -- A.se -- A.sw -- cycle;
+ draw A.human.nw -- A.human.ne -- A.human.se -- A.human.sw -- cycle;
+
+endfig;
+
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/usecase.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/usecase_diagrams.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/usecase_diagrams.mp (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/usecase_diagrams.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual.
+% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+% GNU General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+% for f in `find . | grep '.*\.[1-9]'`; do echo $f; done
+
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Actor.user("User");
+ Actor.db("Database");
+
+ Usecase.dbquery("Query database");
+ Usecase.auth("Authentification");
+ Usecase.authA("Authentification by", "username, password");
+ Usecase.authB("Authentification by", "smartcard");
+
+ auth.w = user.human.e + (30,0);
+ dbquery.s = auth.n + (0,30);
+ db.human.w = dbquery.e + (30,0);
+
+ authB.left - authA.right = 30;
+ authB.midy = authA.midy;
+ .5[authB.w, authA.e] = (auth.midx, auth.bottom - 50);
+
+ drawObjects(user, auth, dbquery, db, authA, authB);
+
+ clink(inheritance)(authA, auth);
+ clink(inheritance)(authB, auth);
+ clink(association)(auth, dbquery);
+ clink(association)(user.human, auth);
+ clink(association)(dbquery, db.human);
+endfig;
+
+end
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/fig/usecase_diagrams.mp
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/metauml-manual.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/metauml-manual.bib (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/metauml-manual.bib 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+ at misc{metaobj,
+ author = "Denis Roegel",
+ title = "The {METAOBJ} tutorial and reference manual",
+ year = "2002",
+ url = "http://texdoc.net/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metaobj/momanual.pdf"
+}
+ at book{texbook,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title = "The {\TeX{}}book",
+ year = "1986",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley Publishing Company"
+}
+ at book{latexbook,
+ author = "Leslie Lamport",
+ title = "{\LaTeX} a {D}ocument {P}reparation {S}ystem",
+ year = "1994",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley Publishing Company"
+}
+ at misc{metapost,
+ author = "John D. Hobby",
+ title = "{METAPOST} {A} {U}ser's {M}anual",
+ year = "2018",
+ url = "http://www.tug.org/tutorials/mp/mpman.pdf"
+}
+ at misc{umlsty,
+ author = "Ellef Fange Gjelstad",
+ title = "uml.sty, a package for writing {UML} diagrams in {LATEX}",
+ year = "2010",
+ url = "http://mirror.hmc.edu/ctan/graphics/pstricks/contrib/uml/uml.pdf"
+}
+
+ at misc{pstumlsty,
+ author = "Maurice Diamantini",
+ title = "Interface utilisateur du package pst-uml",
+ year = "2006",
+ url = "http://mirrors.nxthost.com/ctan/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-uml/pst-uml-doc.pdf"
+}
+
+ at misc{umldoc,
+ author = "Doug Palmer",
+ title = "The umldoc {UML} {D}ocumentation {P}ackage",
+ year = "1999",
+ url = "https://www.charvolant.org/elements/umldoc.pdf"
+}
+
+ at misc{tikzuml,
+ author = "Nicolas Kielbasiewicz",
+ title = "The {T}ik{Z}-{UML} package",
+ year = "2016",
+ url = "http://perso.ensta-paristech.fr/~kielbasi/tikzuml/var/files/doc/tikzumlmanual.pdf"
+}
+
+ at misc{svglatex,
+ author = "Johan B. C. Engelen",
+ title = "How to include an SVG image in LATEX",
+ url = "http://tug.ctan.org/info/svg-inkscape/InkscapePDFLaTeX.pdf"
+}
+
+ at misc{umlomg,
+ publisher = "Object Management Group",
+ title = "{OMG}® {U}nified {M}odeling {L}anguage® ({OMG} {UML}®)",
+ year = "2017",
+ url = "https://www.omg.org/spec/UML/2.5.1/"
+}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/metauml-manual.bib
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/metauml-manual.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/metauml-manual.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/metauml-manual.tex 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,2072 @@
+% MetaUML: Tutorial, Reference and Test Suite
+%
+% Copyright (c) 2005-2019 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+% under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+% or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+% with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+% A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+% Free Documentation License".
+
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks=true]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\usepackage{multido}
+\usepackage[style=ieee]{biblatex}
+\addbibresource{metauml-manual.bib}
+
+\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined
+ \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}
+\else
+ \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}
+ \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}
+\fi
+
+\newcommand{\code}{\ttfamily}
+
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+MetaUML: A Manual and Test Suite
+
+\begin{quote}
+ Copyright \copyright 2005-2019 Ovidiu Gheorghie\c{s}.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+\end{quote}
+
+\pagebreak
+This page is intentionally left blank.
+
+\pagebreak
+\title{MetaUML: A Manual and Test Suite}
+
+\author{Ovidiu Gheorghie\c{s}}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+MetaUML is a MetaPost \cite {metapost} library for creating UML \cite{umlomg} diagrams by means of a textual notation.
+While presenting the inner workings of MetaUML, this manual doubles as a step-by-step tutorial.
+More importantly, its source code contains many useful examples of diagrams, ranging from the very basic to the
+more advanced and customized.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+Here is a quick MetaUML showcase:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\paragraph{A} Class Diagram\\
+\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.1}
+\paragraph{B} Activity Diagram\\
+\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.2}
+\paragraph{C} Notes\\
+\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.5}
+\columnbreak
+\paragraph{D} Use Case Diagram\\
+\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.3}
+\paragraph{E} State Machine Diagram\\
+\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.4}
+\paragraph{F} Package Diagram\\
+\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.6}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\pagebreak
+
+The code that generates these diagrams is quite straightforward, combining a natural object-oriented parlance
+with the power of MetaPost equation solving.
+
+For example, a UML class is drawn as follows:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.A("MyClass")
+ ("attr1: int", "attr2: int")
+ ("method1(): void",
+ "method2(): void");
+
+A.nw = (0, 0); % optional, implied
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/appetizer.7}
+\end{multicols}
+
+This code creates a visual object, referenced by its name {\code A}, of the MetaUML-defined type {\code Class}.
+Object {\code A} has the following content properties: a name
+({\code MyClass}), a list of attributes ({\code attr1}, {\code attr2})
+and a list of methods ({\code method1}, {\code method2}). To set the object's location, we assign a value to the
+so-called ``north-west'' point of the encompassing rectangle, {\code A.nw} --- a point which in actual fact references
+the upper-left corner.
+
+Every MetaUML visual object has the layout properties shown in figure \ref{fig:properties}.
+These properties may be used to set the location of any given object, either by assigning to them absolute values,
+or by linking them relatively to other objects via equations.
+
+\begin{figure}
+\centering
+\includegraphics{fig/properties.1}
+\caption{Layout properties of MetaUML objects. Here, a {\code Class} object is depicted.}
+\label{fig:properties}
+\end{figure}
+
+The following example demonstrates, respectively, the use of absolute and relative positioning for two classes, {\code A} and {\code B}.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+A.nw = (0,0);
+B.w = A.e + (20, 0);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\includegraphics{fig/appetizer.8}
+\end{multicols}
+
+After the objects have been drawn, it becomes possible to attach links to them. In a class diagram, inheritance
+or association relations are meaningful links between classes, while in a state machine diagram, transitions between
+states can be used. Here is the general pattern used by MetaUML for drawing links:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+link(<how-to-draw-information>)(<path-to-draw>);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The ``how-to-draw-information'' is an object which defines the style of the line (e.g. solid, dashed) and the appearance
+of the heads (e.g. nothing, arrow, diamond). One such object, appropriately called {\code inheritance}, defines a solid
+line style and a white triangle head. The other parameter, the ``path-to-draw'', is simply a MetaPost path.
+
+For example, the following call draws an inheritance relation from class {\code B} to class {\code A}.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+link(inheritance)(B.e -- A.w);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The direction of the path is important, as MetaUML uses it to determine the
+type of adornment to attach to the link ends (if applicable). In our example, a white triangle,
+denoting inheritance, points towards the end of the path, that is towards class {\code A}.
+
+Let us sum up with a diagram typical for MetaUML use. Firstly, we define the objects that we want to include
+in our diagram. Secondly, we position these objects relative to each other. Thirdly, we draw the objects. Finally, we
+draw the links, by referencing the layout properties of the previously drawn objects. Note that in our example the
+positioning of {\code A} need not be set explicitly because ``floating'' objects are automatically positioned at
+{\code (0,0)} by their draw method.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+input metauml;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Class.A("A")()(); % 1. Define the objects
+ Class.B("B")()();
+ B.w = A.e + (20, 0); % 2. Position the objects
+ drawObjects(A, B); % 3. Draw the objects
+ link(inheritance)(B.w -- A.e); % 4. Draw links between objects
+endfig;
+end
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\includegraphics{fig/appetizer.9}
+\end{multicols}
+
+As far as a user is concerned, this is all there is to MetaUML. With a reference describing how the
+UML elements are created, arbitrarily complex diagrams can be crafted.
+
+\section{Class Diagrams}
+
+A class is created as follows:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.<name>(<class-name>)
+ (<list-of-attributes>)
+ (<list-of-methods>);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The suffix {\code <name>} specifies an identifier for the newly created {\code Class} object
+(which, of course, represents a UML class).
+The name of the UML class is a string given by {\code <class-name>};
+the attributes and methods are given as list of strings, {\code <list-of-attributes>} and {\code <list-of-methods>}
+respectively. The list of attributes and the list of methods may be void.
+
+An attribute or a method string may begin with a visibility marker: ``$+$'' for
+public, ``\#'' for protected, ``$-$'' for private, and ``\textasciitilde'' for package private.
+The default visibility is package private.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.A("Point")
+ ("#x:int", "#y:int")
+ ("+set(x:int, y:int)",
+ "+getX():int",
+ "+getY():int",
+ "-debug():void",
+ "test():void");
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\includegraphics{fig/class.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+To disable showing the visibility markers, use {\code Class\_noVisibilityMarkers}, as shown below:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ Class.A("Point")
+ ("#x:int", "#y:int")
+ ("+toString():String");
+ Class_noVisibilityMarkers.A;
+
+ drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\includegraphics{fig/class.15}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Stereotypes}
+
+After a class is created, but before it is drawn, its stereotypes may be specified by using {\code Class\_stereotypes}:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class_stereotypes.<name>(<list-of-stereotypes>);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Here, {\code <name>} is the object name of a previously created class and {\code <list-of-stereotypes>}
+is a comma-separated list of strings. Here is an example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.A("User")()();
+Class_stereotypes.A("<<interface>>","<<home>>");
+
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Interfaces and Abstract Classes}
+
+At times it is preferred to write the name of an interface in an oblique font, rather than using the ``interface''
+stereotype. This can be easily achieved by using the macro {\code Interface}:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Interface.name(class-name)
+ (list-of-methods);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Here is an example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Interface.A("Observer")
+ ("+update(src:Object)");
+
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.11}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Since internally {\code Interface} treated as a special kind of {\code Class}, the code above is equivalent to:
+\begin{verbatim}
+EClass.A(iInterface)("Observer")()
+ ("+update(src:Object)");
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Abstract classes can be drawn similarly using the {\code iAbstractClass} style:
+\begin{samepage}
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+EClass.A(iAbstractClass)("Observable")
+ ("observers: Observer[0..*]")
+ ("+addObserver(o: Observer)",
+ "+notify()");
+
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.12}
+\end{multicols}
+\end{samepage}
+
+If you prefer, you can use equivalent construct:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+AbstractClass.A("Observable")
+ ("observers: Observer[0..*]")
+ ("+addObserver(o: Observer)",
+ "+notify()");
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Displaying Class Name Only}
+
+If you want the empty methods and attributes compartments in a class not being displayed, one way is to set the spacing
+at their top and the bottom to {\code 0}:
+\begin{samepage}
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.A("MyModel")()();
+A.info.iName.top := 10;
+A.info.iName.bottom := 10;
+A.info.iAttributeStack.top := 0;
+A.info.iAttributeStack.bottom := 0;
+A.info.iMethodStack.top := 0;
+A.info.iMethodStack.bottom := 0;
+
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.13}
+\end{multicols}
+\end{samepage}
+
+The same effect can be achieved by using the formatting information object {\code iClassNameOnly} or the {\code ClassName} macro:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+EClass.A(iClassNameOnly)("MyModel")()();
+ClassName.B("AnotherModel");
+Class_stereotypes.B("<<smart>>");
+
+topToBottom(20)(A, B);
+
+drawObjects(A, B);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{2cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.14}
+\end{multicols}
+
+To customize the space around the class name globally, you can set the values of {\code iClassNameOnly.iName.top} and {\code iClassNameOnly.iName.bottom}. Individually, for a given object, say {\code B}, the attributes {\code B.info.iName.top} and {\code B.info.iName.bottom} can be used.
+
+\subsection{Objects (or Class Instances)}
+
+A UML object (or class instance) is created as follows:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Instance.name(object-name)
+ (list-of-attributes);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The suffix {\code name} gives a name to the {\code Instance} object. The name of the object (given by {\code object-name}) is typeset underlined. The attributes are given as a comma-separated list of strings, {\code list-of-attributes}.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Instance.order("o: Order")
+ ("name='book'", "{placed}", "{payed}");
+drawObject(order);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{2cm}\includegraphics{fig/instance.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+\subsection{Parametrized Classes (Templates)}
+
+The most convenient way of typesetting a class template in MetaUML is to use the macro {\code ClassTemplate}.
+This macro creates a visual object which is appropriately positioned near the class object it adorns.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ClassTemplate.name(list-of-templates)
+ (class-object);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The {\code name} is the name of the template object, {\code list-of-templates} is a comma-separated list of strings and the {\code class-object} is the name of a class object.
+
+Here is an example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.A("Vector")()();
+ClassTemplate.T("T", "size: int")(A);
+
+drawObjects(A, T);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+The macro {\code Template} can also be used to create a template object, but this time the resulting
+object can be positioned freely.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Template.name(list-of-templates);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Of course, it is possible to specify both stereotypes and template parameters for a given class.
+
+\subsection{Types of Links}
+
+In this section we enumerate the relations that can be drawn between classes by means
+of MetaUML macros. Suppose that we have the declared two points, {\code A} (on the left)
+and {\code B} (on the right):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+pair A, B;
+A = (0,0);
+B = (50,0);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{tabular}{||l|c||}
+\hline
+{\code link(association)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.4} \\
+\hline
+{\code link(associationUni)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.5} \\
+\hline
+{\code link(inheritance)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.6} \\
+\hline
+{\code link(realization)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.12} \\
+\hline
+{\code link(aggregation)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.7} \\
+\hline
+{\code link(aggregationUni)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.8} \\
+\hline
+{\code link(composition)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.9} \\
+\hline
+{\code link(compositionUni)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.10} \\
+\hline
+{\code link(dependency)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.11} \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+
+\subsection{Associations}
+In UML an association typically has two of association ends and may have a name specified for it.
+In turn, each association end may specify a multiplicity, a role, a visibility, an ordering.
+These entities are treated in MetaUML as pictures having specific drawing information
+(spacings, font).
+
+The first method of creating association ``items'' is by giving them explicit names.
+Having a name for an association item comes in handy when referring to its properties
+is later needed (see the non UML-compliant diagram below). The last parameter of the macro {\code item} is an equation which may use the item's name to perform positioning.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.P("Person")()();
+Class.C("Company")()();
+% drawing code ommited
+
+item.aName(iAssoc)("works for")
+ (aName.s = .5[P.w, C.w]);
+draw aName.n -- (aName.n + (20,20));
+label.urt("association name" infont "tyxtt",
+ aName.n + (20,20));
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics[scale=.8]{fig/class_association.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+However, giving names to every association item may become an annoying burden
+(especially when there are many of them). Because of this, MetaUML also allows for
+``anonymous items''. In this case, the positioning is set by an equation
+which refers to the anonymous item as {\code obj}.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+% P and C defined as in the previous example
+
+item(iAssoc)("employee")(obj.nw = P.s);
+item(iAssoc)("1..*")(obj.ne = P.s);
+
+% other items are drawn similarly
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_association.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Dependencies and Stereotypes}
+
+Stereotypes are frequently used with dependencies. Below is an example.
+\pagebreak
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.F("Factory")()();
+Class.O("Object")()();
+
+O.n = F.s - (0, 50);
+drawObjects(F, O);
+
+clink(dependency)(F, O);
+item(iStereo)("<<creates>>")(obj.w = .5[F.s,O.n])
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_association.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\section{Notes}
+
+A note is created as follows:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Note.name(list-of-lines);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The suffix {\code name} is the name of the {\code Note} object. The contents of the note is given by a comma-separated
+list of strings, {\code list-of-lines}, gives the text contents of the note object, each string being drawn on its own
+line.
+
+Here is an example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Note.A("This note", "has two lines.");
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/note.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Attaching notes to diagram elements}
+
+Notes can be attached to diagram elements by using a link of type {\code dashedLink}.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Note.A("This is a class");
+Class.C("Object")()();
+
+A.sw = C.ne + (20, 20);
+
+drawObject(A, C);
+
+clink(dashedLink)(A, C);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/note.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Now let us see a more complex example, which demontrates the ability of accessing sub-elements in a MetaUML diagram.
+\pagebreak
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Note.nA("This is the class name");
+Note.nB("This is a key attribute");
+Note.nC("This is a nice method");
+
+Class.C("Object")("+id:int")
+ ("+clone()", "+serialize()");
+
+topToBottom.left(10)(nA, nB, nC);
+leftToRight(10)(C, nB);
+
+drawObjects(C, nA, nB, nC);
+
+clink(dashedLink)(C.namePict, nA);
+clink(dashedLink)(C.attributeStack.pict[0], nB);
+clink(dashedLink)(C.methodStack.pict[1], nC);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/note.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Macros like {\code leftToRight} and {\code topToBottom} are presented in section \ref{section:positioning}.
+
+\subsection{Using mathematical formulae}
+
+MetaUML notes can contain mathematical formulae written in TeX \cite{texbook}. Regretably, LaTeX \cite{latexbook} support for formulae is {\bf not} available.
+Limited as it may be, this feature is considered experimental, as it is not always straightforward to use. In the example below, note that the MetaPost package {\code TEX} is imported.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+input metauml;
+input TEX;
+
+beginfig(1);
+ Note.A("This class implements the formula:",
+ TEX("$\sum_1^n f(x) \cdot dx$"));
+ drawObjects(A);
+endfig;
+
+end
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{0.5cm}\includegraphics{fig/note.4}
+\end{multicols}
+
+For taller formulae, you must be prepared to do some advanced stunts. Remark: {\code "aaa" \& "bbb"} is MetaPost's way to concatenate the strings into {\code "aaabbb"};
+the string containing the formula was split in two for layout reasons.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Note.A("Can you do it?",
+ TEX("$\sum_1^n f(x) \cdot dx " &
+ "\over \sum_1^m g(y) \cdot dy$"));
+A.stack.info.spacing := 30;
+A.stack.pict[1].info.ignoreNegativeBase := 0;
+
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/note.5}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Alas, this trick does not entirely solve the problem: a third line in the note would be badly aligned. Therefore,
+until MetaUML's {\code Note} class is upgraded to better support this scenario, you may want to limit yourself
+to two lines per note --- at least when tall formulae are involved.
+
+\section{Packages}
+
+MetaUML allows for the creation of packages in various forms. Firstly, we have the option of writing the package
+name in the middle of the main box. Secondly, we can write the name on the tiny box above the main box, leaving
+the main box empty. Lastly, we can write the package name as in the second case, but the main box can have an arbitrary
+contents: classes, other packages, or even other UML items.
+
+The macro that creates a package has the following synopsis:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Package.name(package-name)(subitems-list);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The parameter {\code package-name} is a string or a list of comma-separated strings representing the package's name.
+The {\code subitems-list} parameter is used to specify the subitems (tipically classes or packages) of this package;
+its form is as a comma-separated list of objects, which can be void.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Package.P("java.lang")();
+drawObject(P);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/package.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Below is another example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Package.P("An important", "package")();
+drawObject(P);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/package.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+If you wish to leave the main box empty, you can use the following code:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Package.P("java.lang")();
+P.info.forceEmptyContent := 1;
+drawObject(P);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/package.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+The same effect as above can be achieved globally by doing:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+iPackage.forceEmptyContent := 1;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+More information on MetaUML's way of managing global and per-object configuration data can be found in
+section \ref{section:infrastructure} and section \ref{section:customization}.
+
+Here is an example involving items contained in a package.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.A("A")()();
+Class.B("B")()();
+Package.P("net.metauml")(A, B);
+
+leftToRight(10)(A, B);
+
+drawObject(P);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/package.4}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Types of Links}
+
+The nesting relation between packages is created by using the {\code nest} link information.
+
+\begin{tabular}{||l|c||}
+\hline
+{\code link(nest)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/package.5} \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+
+\section{Component Diagrams}
+
+A component is created by the macro {\code Component}:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Component.name(component-name)
+ (subitems-list)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The parameter {\code component-name} is a string representing the component's name. The {\code subitems-list} parameter
+is used to specify the subitems of this component (possibly classes, packages or other components); its form is as a
+comma-separated list of objects, which can be void.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Component.C("Business Logic")();
+drawObject(C);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/component.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Here is an example involving subitems in a component:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.A("A")()();
+Package.B("B")();
+Component.C("C")();
+
+Component.BigC("Big Component")(A, B, C);
+
+leftToRight(10)(A, B);
+topToBottom(10)(A, C);
+
+drawObject(BigC);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/component.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Types of Links}
+
+\begin{tabular}{||l|c||}
+\hline
+{\code link(requiredInterface)( A.e -- .5[A.e, B.w] );} & \includegraphics{fig/component.3} \\
+\hline
+{\code link(providedInterface)( .5[A.e, B.w] -- B.w );} & \includegraphics{fig/component.4} \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+
+\vspace{0.5cm}
+
+The {\code requiredInterface} and {\code providedInterface} visual constructs can be easily combined, as shown in the following example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Component.A("A")();
+Component.B("B")();
+
+leftToRight(80)(A, B);
+
+drawObjects(A, B);
+
+link(providedInterface)( A.e -- .5[A.e, B.w] );
+link(requiredInterface)( B.w -- .5[A.e, B.w] );
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{-1cm}\includegraphics{fig/component.5}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+\section{Use Case Diagrams}
+
+\subsection{Use Cases}
+An use case is created by the macro {\code Usecase}:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Usecase.name(list-of-lines);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The {\code list-of-lines} is a comma-separated list of strings. These strings are placed
+on top of each other, centered and surrounded by the appropriate visual UML notation.
+
+Here is an use case example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Usecase.U("Authenticate user",
+ "by name, password");
+drawObject(U);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/usecase.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Actors}
+
+An actor is created by the macro {\code Actor}:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Actor.name(list-of-lines);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Here, {\code list-of-lines} represents the actor's name. For convenience, the name may be
+given as a list of strings which are placed on top of each other, to provide support for
+the situations when the role is quite long. Otherwise, giving a single string
+as an argument to the Actor constructor is perfectly fine.
+
+Here is an actor example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Actor.A("User");
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/usecase.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Sometimes it may be preferable to draw diagram relations positioned relatively to
+the visual representation of an actor (the ``human'') rather than relatively to the whole
+actor object (which also includes the text). Because of that, MetaUML provides access
+to the ``human'' of every actor object {\code actor} by means of the sub-object {\code actor.human}.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Actor.A("Administrator");
+drawObject(A);
+draw objectBox(A);
+draw objectBox(A.human);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/usecase.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+In MetaUML, {\code objectBox(X)} is equivalent to {\code X.nw -- X.ne -- X.se -- X.sw -- cycle} for every object {\code X}. {\code A.human} is considered a MetaUML object, so you can use expressions like {\code A.human.n} or {\code A.human.midx}.
+
+\subsection{Types of Links}
+
+Some of the types of links defined for class diagrams (such as inheritance, association etc.) can be used with similar semantics within use case diagrams.
+
+\section{Activity Diagrams}
+
+\subsection{Begin, End and Flow End}
+
+The begin and the end of an activity diagram can be marked by using the macros {\code Begin}
+and {\code End} or {\code FlowFinal}, respectively. The constructors of these visual objects take no parameters:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Begin.beginName;
+End.endName;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Below is an example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Begin.b;
+End.e;
+FlowFinal.f;
+
+leftToRight(20)(b, e, f);
+
+drawObjects(b, e, f);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/activity.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Activity}
+
+An activity is constructed as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+Activity.name(list-of-strings);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The parameter {\code list-of-strings} is a comma-separated list of strings. These strings are
+centered on top of each other to allow for the accommodation of a longer activity description
+within a reasonable space.
+
+An example is given below:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Activity.A("Learn MetaUML -",
+ "the MetaPost UML library");
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/activity.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Fork and Join}
+
+A fork or join is created by the macro:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Fork.name(type, length);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The parameter {\code type} is a string and can be either of {\code "h"}, {\code "horiz"}, {\code "horizontal"}
+for horizontal bars, and either of {\code "v"}, {\code "vert"}, {\code "vertical"} for vertical bars.
+The {\code length} gives the bar's length.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Fork.forkA("h", 100);
+Fork.forkB("v", 20);
+
+leftToRight(10)(forkA, forkB);
+
+drawObject(forkA, forkB);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/activity.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Branch}
+
+A branch is created by the macro:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Branch.name;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Here is an example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Branch.testA;
+
+drawObject(testA);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/activity.4}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+\subsection{Types of Links}
+
+In activity diagrams, transitions between activities are needed. They are typeset
+as in the example below. In section \ref{composite-states} such a transition
+is showed. This type of link is also used for state machine diagrams.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+link(transition)( pointA -- pointB );
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{State Diagrams}
+
+The constructor of a state allows for aggregated sub-states:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+State.name(state-name)(substates-list);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The parameter {\code state-name} is a string or a list of comma-separated strings representing
+the state's name or description. The {\code substates-list} parameter is used to specify
+the substates of this state as a comma-separated list of objects; this list may be void.
+
+An example of a simple state:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+State.s("Take order")();
+drawObject(s);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/state.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+\subsection{Composite States}
+\label{composite-states}
+
+A composite state is defined by enumerating at the end of its constructor the inner
+states. Interestingly enough, the composite state takes care of drawing the sub-states it
+contains. The transitions must be drawn after the composite state, as seen in the
+next example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Begin.b;
+End.e;
+State.c("Component")();
+State.composite("Composite")(b, e, c);
+
+b.midx = e.midx = c.midx;
+c.top = b.bottom - 20;
+e.top = c.bottom - 20;
+
+composite.info.drawNameLine := 1;
+drawObject(composite);
+
+link(transition)(b.s -- c.n);
+link(transition)(c.s -- e.n);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/state.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Internal Transitions}
+
+Internal transitions can be specified by using the macro:
+\begin{verbatim}
+stateTransitions.name(list-transitions);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Identifier {\code name} gives the state object whose internal transitions are being set,
+and parameter {\code list-transitions} is a comma-separated string list.
+
+
+An example is given below:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+State.s("An interesting state",
+ "which is worth mentioning")();
+stateTransitions.s(
+ "OnEntry / Open eyes",
+ "OnExit / Sleep well");
+s.info.drawNameLine := 1;
+
+drawObject(s);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/state.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Special States}
+
+Similarly to the usage of {\code Begin} and {\code End} macros, one can define history states,
+exit/entry point states and terminate pseudo-states, by using the following constructors.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+History.nameA;
+ExitPoint.nameB;
+EntryPoint.nameC;
+Terminate.nameD;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Drawing Paths}
+
+The {\code link} macro is powerful enough to draw relations following arbitrary paths:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+path cool;
+cool := A.e .. A.e+(20,10) ..
+ B.s+(20,-40) .. B.s+(-10,-30)
+ -- B.s;
+link(inheritance)(cool);
+
+link(aggregationUni)
+ (A.n ..(30,30)..B.w);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Amusing as it may be, this feature gets old soon. When typesetting UML diagrams in good style, rectangular paths are usually preferred.
+It is for this kind of paths that MetaUML offers extensive support, by means of ``syntactic sugar'' constructs which
+are not only self-documenting, but reduce the amount of typing and thinking required.
+
+\subsection{Manhattan Paths}
+
+The ``Manhattan'' path macros generate a path between two points consisting of one
+horizontal and one vertical segment. The macro {\code pathManhattanX} generates first a
+horizontal segment, while the macro {\code pathManhattanY} generates first a
+vertical segment. In MetaUML it also matters the direction of a path, so you
+can choose to reverse it by using {\code rpathManhattanX} and {\code rpathManhattanY}
+(note the prefix ``{\code r}''):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+pathManhattanX(A, B)
+pathManhattanY(A, B)
+
+rpathManhattanX(A, B)
+rpathManhattanY(A, B)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\pagebreak
+Here is an example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.A("A")()();
+Class.B("B")()();
+
+B.sw = A.ne + (10,10);
+drawObjects(A, B);
+
+link(aggregationUni)
+ (rpathManhattanX(A.e, B.s));
+link(inheritance)
+ (pathManhattanY(A.n, B.w));
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Stair Step Paths}
+
+These path macros generate stair-like paths between two points.
+The ``stair'' can ``rise'' first in the direction of $Ox$ axis ({\code pathStepX})
+or in the direction of $Oy$ axis ({\code pathStepY}). How much should a step
+rise is given by an additional parameter, {\code delta}. Again, the macros
+prefixed with ``{\code r}'' reverse the direction of the path given by their
+unprefixed counterparts.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+pathStepX(A, B, delta)
+pathStepY(A, B, delta)
+
+rpathStepX(A, B, delta)
+rpathStepY(A, B, delta)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Here is an example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+stepX:=60;
+link(aggregationUni)
+ (pathStepX(A.e, B.e, stepX));
+
+stepY:=20;
+link(inheritance)
+ (pathStepY(B.n, A.n, stepY));
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Horizontal and Vertical Paths}
+
+There are times when drawing horizontal or vertical links is required,
+even when the objects are not properly aligned. To this aim, the following macros
+are useful:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+pathHorizontal(pA, untilX)
+pathVertical(pA, untilY)
+
+rpathHorizontal(pA, untilX)
+rpathVertical(pA, untilY)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+A path created by {\code pathHorizonal} starts from the point {\code pA}
+and continues horizontally until coordinate {\code untilX} is reached. The macro
+{\code pathVertical} constructs the path dually, working vertically.
+The prefix ``{\code r}'' reverses the direction of the path.
+
+Usage example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+untilX := B.left;
+link(association)
+ (pathHorizontal(A.e, untilX));
+
+untilY:= C.bottom;
+link(association)
+ (pathVertical(A.n, untilY));
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.4}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Direct Paths}
+
+A direct path can be created with {\code directPath}. The call {\code directPath(A, B)}
+is equivalent to {\code A -{}- B}.
+
+\subsection{Paths between Objects}
+
+Using the constructs presented above, links between diagram objects are drawn easily like this:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+link(transition)(directPath(objA.nw, objB.se));
+\end{verbatim}
+
+There are times however when this direct approach may yield unsatisfactory visual results,
+especially when the object's corners is round. To tackle these situations, MetaUML provides the macro
+{\code pathCut}, whose aim is to limit a given path exactly to the region outside the actual
+borders of the objects it connects. The macro's synopsis is:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+pathCut(thePath)(objectA, objectB)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Here, {\code thePath} is a given MetaPost path and {\code objectA} and {\code objectB}
+are two MetaUML objects. By contract, each MetaUML object of type, say, {\code X}
+defines a macro {\code X\_border} which returns the path that surrounds it. Because
+of that, {\code pathCut} can make the appropriate modifications to {\code thePath}.
+
+The following code demonstrates the benefits of the {\code pathCut} macro:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+z = A.se + (30, -10);
+link(transition)
+ (pathCut(A, B)(A.c--z--B.c));
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.5}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsubsection{Direct Paths between Centers}
+
+At times is quicker to just draw direct paths between the center of two objects,
+minding of course the object margins. The macro which does this is {\code clink}:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+clink(how-to-draw-information)(objA, objB);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The parameter {\code how-to-draw-information} is the same as for the macro {\code link};
+{\code objA} and {\code objB} are two MetaUML objects.
+
+Below is an example which involves the inheritance relation:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+clink(inheritance)(A, B);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.6}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\section{Arranging Diagram Items}
+\label{section:positioning}
+
+Using equations involving cardinal points, such as {\code A.nw = B.ne + (10,0)}, is
+good enough for achieving the desired results. However, programs are best to
+be written for human audience, rather than for compilers. It does become a bit
+tiresome to think all the time of cardinal points and figure out the
+direction of positive or negative offsets. Because of that, MetaUML offers
+syntactic sugar which allows for an easier understanding of the intent behind
+the positioning code.
+
+Suppose that we have three classes, {\code A}, {\code B}, {\code C} and their base class
+{\code Base}. We want the base class to be at the top, and the derived classes to be
+on a line below. This code will do:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+A.ne = B.nw + (20,0);
+B.ne = C.nw + (20,0);
+Base.s = B.n + (0,-20);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Unfortunately, writing code such as this makes it hard for fellow programmers to visualize
+its intent upon reading it. And ``fellow programmers`` include the author, five minutes later.
+
+Perhaps the next version of the code will drive home the point. The outcome is
+the same as before, but the layout is stated in a more human-friendly way. You might even
+infer by yourself that the numeric argument represents the distance between the objects.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+leftToRight(20)(A, B, C);
+topToBottom(20)(Base, B);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/positioning.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Below there are examples which show how these macros can be used. Suppose that we have the
+following definitions for objects {\code X}, {\code Y}, and {\code Z}; also, let's assume
+that {\code spacing} is a numeric variable set to {\code 5}.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Picture.X("a");
+Picture.Y("...");
+Picture.Z("Cyan");
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{tabular}{||l|c||}
+\hline
+{\code leftToRight.top(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.3} \\
+\hline
+{\code leftToRight.midy(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.4} \\
+\hline
+{\code leftToRight.bottom(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.5} \\
+\hline
+{\code topToBottom.left(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.6} \\
+\hline
+{\code topToBottom.midx(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.7} \\
+\hline
+{\code topToBottom.right(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.8} \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular} \\
+
+To make things even easier, the following equivalent contructs are also allowed:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+leftToRight.midy(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+leftToRight(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+topToBottom.midx(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+topToBottom(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If you want to specify that some objects have a given property equal, while the distance between them is given elsewhere, you can use the macro {\code same}.
+This macro accepts a variable number of parameters, but at least two. The following table gives the interpretation of the macro for a simple example.
+
+\begin{tabular}{||l|l||}
+\hline
+{\code same.top(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.top = Y.top = Z.top;} \\
+\hline
+{\code same.midy(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.midy = Y.midy = Z.midy;} \\
+\hline
+{\code same.bottom(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.bottom = Y.bottom = Z.bottom;} \\
+\hline
+{\code same.left(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.left = Y.left = Z.left;} \\
+\hline
+{\code same.midx(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.midx = Y.midx = Z.midx;} \\
+\hline
+{\code same.right(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.right = Y.right = Z.right;} \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular} \\
+
+Relative positions of two points can be declared more easily using the macros {\code below}, {\code above}, {\code atright}, {\code atleft}.
+Let us assume that {\code A} and {\code B} are two points (objects of type {\code pair} in MetaPost). The following constructs are equivalent:
+
+\begin{tabular}{||l|l||}
+\hline
+{\code B = A + (5,0);} & {\code B = atright(A, 5);} \\
+{\code B = A - (5,0);} & {\code B = atleft(A, 5);} \\
+{\code B = A + (0,5);} & {\code B = above(A, 5);} \\
+{\code B = A - (0,5);} & {\code B = below(A, 5);} \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+
+
+\section{The MetaUML Infrastructure}
+\label{section:infrastructure}
+
+MetaPost is a macro language based on equation solving. Using it may seem quite
+tricky at first for a programmer accustomed to modern object-oriented languages.
+However, the great power of MetaPost consists in its versatility. Indeed, it is possible to write
+a system which mimics quite well object-oriented behavior. Along this line, METAOBJ
+\cite{metaobj} is a library worth mentioning: it provides a high-level objects
+infrastructure along with a battery of predefined objects.
+
+Surprisingly enough, MetaUML does not use METAOBJ. Instead, it uses a custom written,
+lightweight object-oriented infrastructure, provisionally called ``{\code util}''.
+METAOBJ's facilities, although impressive, were perceived by me as being a bit too much
+for what was initially intented as a quick way of getting some UML diagrams layed out.
+Inspired by METAOBJ, ``{\code util}'' was designed to fulfill with minimal effort
+the specific tasks needed to confortably position, allign or group visual objects
+which include text.
+
+Another library having some object-oriented traits is the {\code boxes}
+library, which comes with the standard MetaPost distribution. Early versions of
+MetaUML did use {\code boxes} as an infrastructure, but this approach had to be abandoned eventually.
+The main reason was that it was difficult to achieve good visual results when stacking texts
+(more on that further on). For all it's worth, it did not fit well with the way in which MetaUML's
+layout mechanism was shaping up at the time.
+
+\subsection{Motivation}
+
+Suppose that we want to typeset two texts with their bottom lines aligned, using {\code boxit}:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+boxit.a ("yummy");
+boxit.b ("cool");
+
+a.nw = (0,0); b.sw = a.se + (10,0);
+
+drawboxed (a, b); % or drawunboxed(a,b)
+draw a.sw -- b.se dashed evenly
+ withpen pencircle scaled 1.1;
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/boxes_vs_util.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Note that, despite supposedly having their bottom lines alligned,
+``yummy'' {\it looks} slightly higher than ``cool''. This would be unacceptable
+in a UML class diagram, when roles are placed at the ends of a horizontal association.
+Regardless of the default spacing being smaller in the {\code util} library,
+the very same unfortunate misalignment effect rears its ugly head:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Picture.a("yummy");
+Picture.b("cool");
+% comment next line for unboxed
+a.info.boxed := b.info.boxed := 1;
+
+b.sw = a.se + (10,0);
+
+drawObjects(a, b);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/boxes_vs_util.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+However, the strong point of {\code util} is that we have a recourse to this problem:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+
+Picture.a("yummy");
+Picture.b("cool");
+% the rest the same as above
+drawObjects(a, b);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/boxes_vs_util.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{The Picture Macro}
+
+We have seen previously the line {\code iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1}.
+Who is {\code iPict} and what is it doing in our program? MetaUML
+aims at separating the ``business logic'' (what to draw) from the
+``interface'' (how to draw). In order to achieve this, it records the ``how to draw''
+information within the so-called {\code Info} structures. The object {\code iPict}
+is an instance of {\code PictureInfo} structure, which has the following properties
+(or attributes):
+\begin{verbatim}
+left, right, top, bottom
+ignoreNegativeBase
+boxed, borderColor
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The first four attributes specify how much space should be left around the
+actual item to be drawn. The marvelous effect of {\code ignoreNegativeBase}
+has just been shown (off), while the last two attributes control whether the border
+should be drawn (when {\code boxed=1}) and if drawn, in which color.
+
+There's one more thing: the font to typeset the text in. This is specified
+in a {\code FontInfo} structure which has two attributes: the font name
+and the font scale. This information is kept within the {\code PictureInfo} structure
+as a contained attribute {\code iFont}. Both {\code FontInfo} and {\code PictureInfo}
+have ``copy constructors'' which can be used to make copies. We have already
+the effect of these copy constructors at work, when we used:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Picture.a("yummy");
+a.info.boxed := 1;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+A copy of the default info for a picture, {\code iPict}, has been made within
+the object {\code a} and can be accessed as {\code a.info}. Having a copy of the
+info in each object may seem like an overkill, but it allows for a fine grained
+control of the drawing mode of each individual object. This feature comes in very
+handy when working with a large number of settings, as it is the case for MetaUML.
+
+Let us imagine for a moment that we have two types of text to write: one with a small font
+and a small margin and one with a big font and a big margin. We could in theory
+configure each individual object or set back and forth global parameters, but
+this is far for convenient. It is preferable to have two sets of settings and specify
+them explicitly when they are needed. The following code could be placed somewhere
+in a configuration file and loaded before any {\code beginfig} macro:
+\begin{verbatim}
+PictureInfoCopy.iBig(iPict);
+iBig.left := iBig.right := 20;
+iBig.top := 10;
+iBig.bottom := 1;
+iBig.boxed := 1;
+iBig.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+iBig.iFont.name := defaultfont;
+iBig.iFont.scale := 3;
+
+PictureInfoCopy.iSmall(iPict);
+iSmall.boxed := 1;
+iSmall.borderColor := green;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Below is an usage example of these definitions. Note the name of the macro: {\code EPicture}.
+The prefix comes form ``explicit'' and it's used to acknowledge that the
+``how to draw'' information is given explicitly --- as a parameter,
+rather than defaulted to what's recorded in {\code iPict}, as with the {\code Picture} macro.
+Having predefined configurations yields short, convenient code.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+EPicture.a(iBig)("yummy");
+EPicture.b(iSmall)("cool");
+% you can still modify a.info, b.info
+
+b.sw = a.se + (10,0);
+
+drawObjects(a, b);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/picture_info.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsubsection{Fixed Sizes}
+
+By default, the size of a {\code Picture} object is set by its contents. However,
+it is possible to specify fixed dimensions both the width and the height, independently.
+This can be done by setting the {\code info}'s attributes {\code fixedWidth} and {\code fixedHeight} to values
+greater than 0. If any of these attributes is left to its default value, {\code -1}, then for the corresponding
+axis the dimension is set according to the dimension of the content. Nevertheless, the fixed dimensions are enforced, even though the contained object would have needed additional space.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+PictureInfoCopy.myFixed(iPict);
+myFixed.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+myFixed.fixedWidth := 15;
+myFixed.fixedHeight := 20;
+myFixed.boxed := 1;
+
+EPicture.a(myFixed)("a");
+EPicture.b(myFixed)(".-.");
+EPicture.c(myFixed)("toolong");
+
+leftToRight.bottom(10)(a, b, c);
+
+drawObjects(a, b, c);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/picture_info.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsubsection{Content alignment}
+
+When fixed dimensions are used, one most likely would prefer a centered alignement of the contents in the
+{\code Picture} box. This option can be expressed independently for each of the axes,
+by setting the {\code info}'s attributes {\code valign} and {\code halign} to descriptive string values.
+For horizontal alignement, {\code halign} can be set to {\code "left"} or {\code "center"}, and for
+vertical alignement, {\code valign} can be set to {\code "bottom} or {\code "center"}. The default
+values for these attributes are {\code "left"} and {\code "bottom"}, respectively.
+
+The next example uses horizontal centered alignement and a bottom alignement with a {\code 4.5} base offset, for
+vertical alignement. This vertical alignement gives a better visual result than the centered one, at
+least for the situations in which there are texts to be placed horizontally.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+PictureInfoCopy.myFixed(iPict);
+myFixed.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+myFixed.bottom := 4.5;
+myFixed.valign := "bottom";
+myFixed.halign := "center";
+myFixed.fixedWidth := 25;
+myFixed.fixedHeight := 15;
+myFixed.boxed := 1;
+
+EPicture.a(myFixed)("a");
+EPicture.b(myFixed)("yum");
+EPicture.c(myFixed)("b");
+
+leftToRight.bottom(10)(a, b, c);
+
+drawObjects(a, b, c);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/picture_info.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Stacking Objects}
+
+It is possible to stack objects, much in the style of {\code setboxjoin}
+from {\code boxes} library.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Picture.a0("yummy");
+Picture.a1("cool");
+Picture.a2("fool");
+
+setObjectJoin(pa.sw = pb.nw);
+joinObjects(scantokens listArray(a)(3));
+
+drawObjects(scantokens listArray(a)(3));
+% or drawObjects (a0, a1, a2);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/object_stack.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+The {\code listArray} macro provides here a shortcut for writing
+{\code a0, a1, a2}. This macro is particularly useful for generic
+code which does not know beforehand the number of elements to be drawn.
+Having to write the {\code scantokens} keyword is admittedly a nuisance, but
+this is required.
+
+
+\subsection{The Group Macro}
+
+It is possible to group objects in MetaUML. This feature is the cornerstone
+of MetaUML, allowing for the easy development of complex objects, such as
+composite stats in state machine diagrams.
+
+Similarly to the macro {\code Picture}, the structure {\code GroupInfo}
+is used for specifying group properties; its default instantiation is
+{\code iGroup}. Furthermore, the macro {\code EGroup} explicitely sets the
+layout information.
+
+Here is an example:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+iGroup.left:=20;
+iGroup.right:=15;
+iGroup.boxed:=1;
+iPicture.boxed:=1;
+
+Picture.a("yummy");
+Picture.b("cool");
+Picture.c("fool");
+
+b.nw = a.nw + (20,20); % A
+c.nw = a.nw + (15, 40); % B
+
+Group.g(a, b, c);
+g.nw = (10,10); % C
+
+drawObject(g);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/group.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+After some objects are grouped, they can only be drawn
+by invoking the {\code drawObject} macro on the group that aggregates them, and not individually.
+Conveniently, once the relative positioning of objects within a group is set (line A and B), the whole
+group can be ``moved'' do the desired position (line C), and all the contained objects will move along.
+
+\subsection{The PictureStack Macro}
+
+The {\code PictureStack} macro is a syntactic sugar for a set of pictures,
+stacked according to predefined equations and grouped together.
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+iStack.boxed := 1;
+iStack.iPict.boxed := 1;
+PictureStack.myStack("foo",
+ "bar: int" infont "tyxtt",
+ "nicely-centered" infont defaultfont,
+ "nice")("vcenter");
+
+drawObject(myStack);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/picture_stack.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+Note the last parameter of the macro {\code PictureStack}, here {\code vcenter}.
+It is used to generate appropriate equations based on a descriptive name.
+The spacing between individual picture objects is set by the field
+{\code iStack.spacing}. Currently, the following alignment names are
+defined: {\code vleft}, {\code vright}, {\code vcenter},
+{\code vleftbase}, {\code vrightbase}, {\code vcenterbase}. All these
+names refer to vertical alignment (the prefix ``{\code v}''); alignment can
+be at left, right or centered. The variants having the suffix ``{\code base}'' align
+the pictures so that {\code iStack.spacing} refer to the distance between the
+bottom lines of the pictures. The unsuffixed variants use {\code iStack.spacing} as
+the distance between one's bottom line and the next's top line.
+
+The ``{\code base}'' alignment is particularly useful for stacking text, since it
+offers better visual appearance when {\code iPict.ignoreNegativeBase} is set to {\code 1}.
+
+\section{Components Design}
+
+Each MetaUML component (e.g. {\code Picture}, {\code PictureStack}, {\code Class}) is
+designed according to an established pattern. This section gives more insight
+on this.
+
+In order to draw a component, MetaUML categorizes the required information as follows:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item what to draw, or what are the elements of a component.
+\item how to draw, or how are the elements positioned in relation to each other within the component
+\item where to draw
+\end{itemize}
+
+For example, in order to draw a picture object we must know, respectively:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item what is the text or the native picture that needs to be drawn
+\item what are the margins that should be left around the contents
+\item where is the picture to be drawn
+\end{itemize}
+
+Why do we bother with these questions? Why don't we just simply draw the picture
+component as soon as it was created and get it over with?
+That is, why doesn't the following code just work?
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Picture.pict("foo");
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Well, although we have the answer to question 1 (what to draw),
+we still need to have question 3 answered. The code below becomes thus a
+necessity (actually, you are not forced to specify the positioning of an object,
+because its draw method positions it to {\code (0,0)} by default):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+% question 1: what to draw
+Picture.pict("foo");
+
+% question 3: where to draw
+pict.nw = (10,10);
+
+% now we can draw
+drawObject(pict);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+How about question 2, how to draw? By default, this problem is addressed behind the
+scenes by the component. This means, for the Picture object, that a native picture is created
+from the given string, and around that picture certain margins are placed, by means of MetaPost equations.
+(The margins also come in handy when stacking Picture objects, so that the result doesn't look too cluttered.)
+If these equations were defined within the Picture constructor, then an
+usability problem would have appeared, because it wouldn't have been possible to modify the margins,
+as in the code below:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+% question 1: what to draw
+Picture.pict("foo");
+
+% question 2: how to draw
+pict.info.left := 10;
+pict.info.boxed := 1;
+
+% question 3: where to draw
+pict.nw = (0,0);
+
+% now we can draw
+drawObject(pict);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+To allow for this type of code, the equations that define the layout of the {\code Picture} object (here, what the margins are)
+must be defined somewhere after the constructor. This is done by a macro called {\code Picture\_layout}.
+This macro defines all the equations which link the ``what to draw'' information to the ``how to draw''
+information (which in our case is taken from the {\code info} member, a copy of {\code iPict}).
+Nevertheless, notice that {\code Picture\_layouts} is not explicitly invoked. To the user's
+great relief, this is taken care of automatically within the {\code Picture\_draw} macro.
+
+There are times however, when explicitly invoking a macro like {\code Picture\_layout}
+becomes a necessity. This is because, by contract, it is only after the {\code layout}
+macro is invoked that the final dimensions (width, height) of an object are
+definitely and permanently known. Imagine that we have a component whose job is to
+surround in a red-filled rectangle some other objects. This component
+needs to know what the dimensions of the contained objects are, in order to be able to set
+its own dimensions. At drawing time, the contained objects must not have been drawn already,
+because the red rectangle of the container would overwrite them.
+Therefore, the whole pseudo-code would be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+Create objects o1, o2, ... ok;
+Create container c(o1, o2, ..., ok);
+Optional: modify info-s for o1, o2, ... ok;
+Optional: modify info for c;
+
+layout c, requiring layout of o1, o2, ... ok;
+establish where to draw c;
+draw red rectangle defined by c;
+draw components o1, o2, ...ok within c
+\end{verbatim}
+
+A natural conclusion is that an object must not be laid out more than once, because otherwise
+inconsistent or superfluous equations would arise. To enforce this, by contract,
+any object must keep record of whether its layout method has already been invoked,
+and if the answer is affirmative, subsequent invocations of the layout macro would
+do nothing. It is very important to mention that after the {\code layout} macro is
+invoked over an object, modifying the {\code info} member of that object has
+no subsequent effect, since the layout equations are declared and interpreted only once.
+
+\subsection{Notes on the Implementation of Links}
+
+MetaUML considers edges in diagram graphs as links. A link is composed of a path and the
+heads (possible none, one or two). For example, since an association has no heads, it suffices
+to draw along the path with a solid pen; however, an unidirectional aggregation has, in addition
+to a solid path, two heads: one is an arrow and the other is a diamond.
+
+The general algorithm for drawing a link is:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+0. Reserve space for heads
+1. Draw the path (except for the heads)
+2. Draw head 1
+3. Draw head 2
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Each of the UML link types define how the drawing should be done, in each of the
+cases (1, 2 and 3). Consider the link type of unidirectional composition.
+Its ``class'' is declared as:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+vardef CompositionUniInfo@# =
+ LinkInfo@#;
+
+ @#widthA = defaultRelationHeadWidth;
+ @#heightA = defaultRelationHeadHeight;
+ @#drawMethodA = "drawArrow";
+
+ @#widthB = defaultRelationHeadWidth;
+ @#heightB = defaultRelationHeadHeight;
+ @#drawMethodB = "drawDiamondBlack";
+
+ @#drawMethod = "drawLine";
+enddef;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Using this definition, the actual description is created like this:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+CompositionUniInfo.compositionUni;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+As shown previously, is is the macro {\code link} which
+performs the actual drawing, using the link description information
+which is given as parameter (generally called {\code iLink}).
+For example, we can use:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+link(aggregationUni)((0,0)--(40,0));
+\end{verbatim}
+
+%\begin{figure}
+%\centering
+%\includegraphics{fig/how-links-work.1}
+%\caption{An example of a picture stack.}
+%\label{fig:hlw}
+%\end{figure}
+
+Let us see now the inner workings of macro {\code link}. Its definition is:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+vardef link(text iLink)(expr myPath)=
+ LinkStructure.ls(myPath,
+ iLink.widthA, iLink.widthB);
+ drawLinkStructure(ls)(iLink);
+enddef;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{figure}
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{l|l}
+$AB$ & the path specified by the user \\
+$|AA'|$ & {\code iLink.widthA}\\
+$|BB'|$ & {\code iLink.widthB}
+\end{tabular}
+\includegraphics{fig/how-links-work.2}
+\caption{Details on how a link is drawn by MetaUML.}
+\label{fig:hlw2}
+\end{figure}
+
+First, space is reserved for heads, by ``shortening'' the given path {\code myPath}
+by {\code iLink.widthA} at the beginning and by {\code iLink.widthB} at the end.
+After that, the shortened path is drawn with the ``method''
+given by {\code iLink.drawMethod} and the heads with the ``methods''
+{\code iLink.drawMethodA} and {\code iLink.drawMethodB},
+respectively (figure \ref{fig:hlw2}).
+
+\subsection{Object Definitions: Easier {\code generic\_declare}}
+
+In MetaPost, if somebody wants to define something resembling a class in an object-oriented language,
+named, say, {\code Person}, he would do something like this:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+vardef Person@#(expr _name, _age)=
+ % @# prefix can be seen as `this` pointer
+ string @#name;
+ numeric @#age;
+
+ @#name := _name;
+ @#age := _age;
+enddef;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This allows for the creation of instances (or objects) of class {\code Person} by using
+declarations like:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Person.personA;
+Person.personB;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ However, if one also wants to able able to create indexed arrays of persons, such as
+{\code Person.student0}, {\code Person.student1} etc., the definition of class
+{\code Person} must read:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+vardef Person@#(expr _name, _age)=
+ _n_ := str @#;
+ generic_declare(string) _n.name;
+ generic_declare(numeric) _n.age;
+
+ @#name := _name;
+ @#age := _age;
+enddef;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This construction is rather inelegant. MetaUML offers alternative macros to achieve
+the same effect, uncluttering the code by removing the need for the unaesthetic {\code \_n\_} and
+{\code \_n}.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+vardef Person@#(expr _name, _age)=
+ attributes(@#);
+ var(string) name;
+ var(numeric) age;
+
+ @#name := _name;
+ @#age := _age;
+enddef;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Customization in MetaUML: Examples}
+\label{section:customization}
+
+We have seen that in MetaUML the ``how to draw'' information is memorized into the so-called
+``{\code Info}'' structures. For example, the default way in which a {\code Picture} object is
+to be drawn is recorded into an instance of {\code PictureInfo}, named {\code iPict}. In this section we
+present a case study involving the customization of {\code Class} objects. The customization of
+any other MetaUML objects works similarly. Here we cannot possibly present all the customization
+options for all kinds of MetaUML objects: this would take too long. Nevertheless, an interested reader can refer
+to the top of the appropriate MetaUML library file, where {\code Info} structures are defined.
+For example, class diagram related definitions are in {\code metauml\_class.mp}, activity diagram
+definitions are in {\code metauml\_activity.mp} etc.
+
+\subsection{Global settings}
+
+Let us assume that we do not particularly like the default foreground color of all classes, and wish
+to change it so something yellowish. In this scenario, one would most likely want to change
+the appropriate field in {\code iClass}:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+iClass.foreColor := (.9, .9, 0);
+\end{verbatim}
+
+After this, we can obtain the following result:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.A("A")()();
+Class.B("B")()();
+Class.C("C")()();
+
+B.w = A.e + (20,0);
+C.n = .5[A.se, B.sw] + (0, -10);
+
+drawObjects(A, B, C);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_customization.1}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Individual settings}
+
+To modify the settings of one particular {\code Class} objects, another strategy is more appropriate. How about having class
+{\code C} stand out with a light blue foreground color, a bigger font size for the class name and a blue border?
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+iPict.foreColor := (.9, .9, 0);
+
+Class.A("A")()();
+Class.B("B")()();
+Class.C("C")()();
+C.info.foreColor := (.9, .7, .7);
+C.info.borderColor := green;
+C.info.iName.iFont.scale := 2;
+
+% positioning code ommited
+drawObjects(A, B, C);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_customization.2}
+\end{multicols}
+
+As an aside, each {\code Class} object has an {\code info} member which is created as
+a copy of {\code iClass}; the actual drawing is performed using this copied
+information. Because of that, the {\code info} member can be safely modified after the object
+has been created, obtaining the expected results and not influencing other objects.
+
+Another thing worth mentioning is that the {\code ClassInfo} structure contains
+the {\code iName} member, which is an instance of {\code PictureInfo}. In our example we
+do not want to modify the spacings around the {\code Picture} object,
+but the characteristics of the font its contents is typeset into. To do that,
+we modify the {\code iName.iFont} member, which by default is a copy of {\code iFont}
+(an instance of {\code FontInfo}, defined in {\code util\_picture.mp}).
+If, for example, we want to change the font the class name is rendered into, we would set
+the attribute {\code iName.iFont.name} to a string representing a font name
+on our system (as used with the MetaPost {\code infont} operator).
+
+\subsection{Predefined settings}
+
+This usage scenario is perhaps more interesting. Suppose that we have two
+types of classes which we want to draw differently. Making the setting adjustments
+for each individual class object would soon become a nuisance. MetaUML's solution consists in the
+ability of using predefined ``how to draw'' {\code Info} objects. Let us create such objects:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ClassInfoCopy.iHome(iClass);
+iHome.foreColor := (0, .9, .9);
+
+ClassInfo.iRemote;
+iRemote.foreColor := (.9, .9, 0);
+iRemote.borderColor := green;
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Object {\code iHome} is a copy of {\code iClass} (as it might have been set at
+the time of the macro call). Object {\code iRemote} is created just as {\code iClass}
+is originally created. We can now use these {\code Info} objects to easily set the
+``how to draw'' information for classes. The result is depicted below,
+please note the ``{\code E}'' prefix in {\code EClass}:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+EClass.A(iHome)("UserHome")()();
+EClass.B(iRemote)("UserRemote")()();
+EClass.C(iHome)("CartHome")()();
+EClass.D(iRemote)("CartRemote")()();
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_customization.3}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\subsection{Extreme customization}
+
+When another font (or font size) is used, it may become necessary to change the space between the
+baselines of attributes and methods. Figure below is the result of the (unlikely) code:
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Class.A("Foo")
+ ("a: int", "b: int")
+ ("foo()", "bar()", "gar()");
+
+A.info.iName.iFont.name := metauml_defaultFontBold;
+A.info.iName.iFont.scale := 1.2;
+
+A.info.iAttributeStack.iPict.iFont.scale := 0.8;
+A.info.iAttributeStack.top := 10;
+A.info.iAttributeStack.spacing := 11;
+
+A.info.iMethodStack.iPict.iFont.scale := 2;
+A.info.iMethodStack.spacing := 17;
+A.info.iMethodStack.bottom := 10;
+
+drawObject(A);
+\end{verbatim}
+\columnbreak
+\hspace{4cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_customization.4}
+\end{multicols}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Both {\code iAttributeStack} and {\code iMethodStack} are instances of
+{\code PictureStackInfo}, which is used to control the display of {\code PictureStack} objects.
+%We can also customize the size and colors of the ``locks'' by setting {\code A.info.iLock}.
+
+As font names, you can choose from the globally defined {\code metauml\_defaultFont}, {\code metauml\_defaultFontOblique}, {\code metauml\_defaultFontBold}, {\code metauml\_defaultFontBoldOblique}, or any other name of a font that is available on your system.
+
+\section{Alternatives to MetaUML}
+
+No software package is perfect, and for this MetaUML is a prime example. Here is a list of packages that may also be used to create UML diagrams for LaTeX work:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item uml.sty \cite{umlsty}
+\item pst-uml \cite{pstumlsty}
+\item umldoc \cite{umldoc}
+\item TiKZ-UML \cite{tikzuml}
+\end{itemize}
+
+Do not ignore the possibility of creating your diagrams using a GUI program, and then exporting them into a LaTex-friendly open format such as SVG \cite{svglatex}.
+
+\pagebreak
+\input{test-suite}
+
+\pagebreak
+\section{References}
+\printbibliography[heading=none]
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/metauml-manual.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/test-suite.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/test-suite.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/test-suite.tex 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+% Part of the MetaUML manual
+% Copyright (c) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+%
+% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+% under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+% or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+% with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+% A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
+% Free Documentation License".
+
+\newcommand{\metaumltest}[2]{Test #2 --- \\ \includegraphics{fig/test_#1.#2} \\ }
+\newcommand{\metaumltests}[2]{\multido{\iA=1+1}{#2}{\metaumltest{#1}{\iA}}}
+
+\section{Test Suite}
+
+\subsection{Low-level}
+ \metaumltests{lowlevel}{2}
+
+\subsection{Fonts}
+ \metaumltests{font}{3}
+
+\subsection{Util library}
+ \subsubsection{Picture tests}
+ \metaumltests{picture}{10}
+
+ \subsubsection{Picture tests - TeX rendering}
+ \metaumltests{picture_tex_rendering}{1}
+
+ \subsubsection{Group tests}
+ \metaumltests{group}{2}
+
+ \subsubsection{PictureStack tests}
+ \metaumltests{picture_stack}{7}
+
+ \subsubsection{Positioning tests}
+ \metaumltests{positioning}{6}
+
+\subsection{Class diagram}
+ \subsubsection{Class tests}
+ \metaumltests{class}{16}
+ \subsubsection{Class feature types tests}
+ \metaumltests{class_feature_types}{5}
+ \subsubsection{Class template tests}
+ \metaumltests{class_templates}{3}
+
+ \subsubsection{Qualified Association tests}
+ \metaumltests{class_qual_assoc}{2}
+
+\subsection{Package diagram}
+\subsubsection{Package tests}
+ \metaumltests{package}{2}
+
+\subsection{Component diagram}
+\subsubsection{Component tests}
+ \metaumltests{component}{1}
+
+\subsection{Paths}
+ \metaumltests{paths}{3}
+
+\subsection{Behavioral diagrams}
+ \subsubsection{Activity tests}
+ \metaumltests{activity}{2}
+
+ \subsubsection{State Machine tests}
+ \metaumltests{state}{5}
+
+ \subsubsection{Usecase tests}
+ \metaumltests{usecase}{9}
+
+\subsection{Miscelaneous}
+ \subsubsection{Notes}
+ \metaumltests{note}{2}
+ \subsubsection{Objects (Class Instances)}
+ \metaumltests{instance}{1}
+
+\subsection{User requests}
+ Test 1 --- \\ \includegraphics[scale=.2]{fig/test_lars_issues.1} \\
+ \metaumltest{lars_issues}{2}
+
+\subsection{Skins}
+ \metaumltests{skins}{1}
+ \metaumltests{skins_global_defaults}{1}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/manual/test-suite.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml-manual-v0.2.6-19d34de3da75cbd9f814f0a9ec03b4e0861b1541.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml-manual-v0.2.6-19d34de3da75cbd9f814f0a9ec03b4e0861b1541.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml-manual-v0.2.6-19d34de3da75cbd9f814f0a9ec03b4e0861b1541.pdf 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml-manual-v0.2.6-19d34de3da75cbd9f814f0a9ec03b4e0861b1541.pdf 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml-manual-v0.2.6-19d34de3da75cbd9f814f0a9ec03b4e0861b1541.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/gnu-fdl.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/gnu-fdl.tex 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/gnu-fdl.tex 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,485 +0,0 @@
- \begin{center}
-
- Version 1.2, November 2002
-
-
- Copyright \copyright 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- \bigskip
-
- 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
-
- \bigskip
-
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-\end{center}
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf\large Preamble}
-\end{center}
-
-The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
-assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
-Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
-to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
-for modifications made by others.
-
-This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
-works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
-complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
-license designed for free software.
-
-We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
-software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
-program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
-software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
-it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
-whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
-principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS}
-\end{center}
-
-This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
-world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
-work under the conditions stated herein. The \textbf{"Document"}, below,
-refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
-licensee, and is addressed as \textbf{"you"}. You accept the license if you
-copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
-under copyright law.
-
-A \textbf{"Modified Version"} of the Document means any work containing the
-Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
-A \textbf{"Secondary Section"} is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
-the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
-(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
-within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
-textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
-mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
-connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
-commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-them.
-
-The \textbf{"Invariant Sections"} are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
-are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
-section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
-allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
-Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
-Sections then there are none.
-
-The \textbf{"Cover Texts"} are certain short passages of text that are listed,
-as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
-be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
-
-A \textbf{"Transparent"} copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
-represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, that is suitable for revising the document
-straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
-pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
-drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
-for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
-to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
-or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
-An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
-of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called \textbf{"Opaque"}.
-
-Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
-or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
-HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
-transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
-include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
-proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
-processing tools are not generally available, and the
-machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
-processors for output purposes only.
-
-The \textbf{"Title Page"} means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
-plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
-this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
-formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
-the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
-preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
-A section \textbf{"Entitled XYZ"} means a named subunit of the Document whose
-title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
-text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
-specific section name mentioned below, such as \textbf{"Acknowledgements"},
-\textbf{"Dedications"}, \textbf{"Endorsements"}, or \textbf{"History"}.)
-To \textbf{"Preserve the Title"}
-of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
-section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
-
-The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
-states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
-Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
-License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
-implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
-no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf 2. VERBATIM COPYING}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{2. VERBATIM COPYING}
-\end{center}
-
-You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
-commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
-copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
-to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
-conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
-technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
-copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
-compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
-number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
-
-You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
-you may publicly display copies.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{3. COPYING IN QUANTITY}
-\end{center}
-
-
-If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
-printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
-Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
-copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
-Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
-the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
-you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
-the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
-visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
-Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
-the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
-as verbatim copying in other respects.
-
-If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
-legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
-pages.
-
-If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
-more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
-copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a computer-network location from which the general network-using
-public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
-a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
-If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
-when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
-that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
-Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
-edition to the public.
-
-It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
-Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
-them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf 4. MODIFICATIONS}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{4. MODIFICATIONS}
-\end{center}
-
-You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
-the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
-the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
-Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
-and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
-of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[A.]
- Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
- from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
- (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
- of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
- if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
-
-\item[B.]
- List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
- responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
- Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
- Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
- unless they release you from this requirement.
-
-\item[C.]
- State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
- Modified Version, as the publisher.
-
-\item[D.]
- Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-
-\item[E.]
- Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-
-\item[F.]
- Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
- giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
- terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
-
-\item[G.]
- Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
- and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
-
-\item[H.]
- Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-
-\item[I.]
- Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
- to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
- publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
- there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
- stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
- given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
- Version as stated in the previous sentence.
-
-\item[J.]
- Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
- public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
- the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
- it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
- You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
- least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
- publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
-
-\item[K.]
- For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
- Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
- the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
- and/or dedications given therein.
-
-\item[L.]
- Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
- unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
- or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
-
-\item[M.]
- Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
- may not be included in the Modified Version.
-
-\item[N.]
- Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
- or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
-
-\item[O.]
- Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
-\end{itemize}
-
-If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
-appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
-copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
-of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
-list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
-These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
-
-You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
-nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
-parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
-been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
-standard.
-
-You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
-passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
-of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
-Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
-through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
-includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
-by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
-you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
-permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
-
-The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
-give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
-imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS}
-\end{center}
-
-
-You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
-License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
-versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
-Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
-list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
-multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
-copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
-different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
-adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
-author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
-Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
-Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
-
-In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
-in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
-"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
-Entitled "Endorsements".
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS}
-\end{center}
-
-You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
-released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
-License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
-the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
-verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
-
-You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
-it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
-License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
-other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS}
-\end{center}
-
-
-A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
-and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
-resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
-of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
-apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
-derivative works of the Document.
-
-If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
-copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
-the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
-electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
-Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
-aggregate.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf 8. TRANSLATION}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{8. TRANSLATION}
-\end{center}
-
-
-Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
-Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
-permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
-translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
-original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
-translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
-the original English version of this License and the original versions
-of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
-the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
-or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
-
-If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
-its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
-title.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf 9. TERMINATION}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{9. TERMINATION}
-\end{center}
-
-
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
-as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
-copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
-parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE}
-\end{center}
-
-
-The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
-of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
-http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-
-Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
-If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
-License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
-following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
-of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
-Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
-number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-\begin{center}
-{\bf ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents}
-%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents}
-\end{center}
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and
-license notices just after the title page:
-
-\bigskip
-\begin{quote}
- Copyright \copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
- A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
- Free Documentation License".
-\end{quote}
-\bigskip
-
-If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
-
-\bigskip
-\begin{quote}
- with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
- Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
-\end{quote}
-\bigskip
-
-If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
-
-If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
-to permit their use in free software.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/macro.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/macro.tex 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/macro.tex 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-% $Id$
-% This file defines some useful macros
-
-\def\newop#1 {\expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{\mathop{\rm #1}\nolimits}}
-
-\newop{Operator} % use with \Operator
-
-\def\fn(#1:#2->#3){#1:#2 \rightarrow #3}
-\def\set(#1,#2...#3){\{#1,#2,\ldots,#3\}}
-\def\enum(#1,#2...#3){#1,#2,\ldots,#3}
-\def\ssets{\cal{P}}
\ No newline at end of file
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/metauml_manual.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/metauml_manual.tex 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/metauml_manual.tex 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,2084 +0,0 @@
-% MetaUML: Tutorial, Reference and Test Suite
-%
-% Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-% under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
-% or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-% with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
-% A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
-% Free Documentation License".
-
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks=true]{hyperref}
-\usepackage{multicol}
-\usepackage{multido}
-
-\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined
- \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}
-\else
- \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}
- \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}
-\fi
-
-\newcommand{\code}{\ttfamily}
-\newcommand{\metauml}{MetaUML}
-
-\setcounter{page}{1}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\metauml: Tutorial, Reference and Test Suite
-
-\begin{quote}
- Copyright \copyright 2005-2006 Ovidiu Gheorghie\c{s}.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
- A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
- Free Documentation License".
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak
-This page is intentionally left blank.
-
-\pagebreak
-\title{\metauml: Tutorial, Reference and Test Suite}
-
-\author{Ovidiu Gheorghie\c{s}}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{abstract}
-\metauml\ is a GNU GPL MetaPost library for typesetting UML diagrams, using a human-friendly textual notation. MetaUML offers a highly customizable, object-oriented API, designed with the ease of use in mind. Apart from being a reference, this manual is also a tutorial but, more importantly, a living example. You can look at its source code, getting direct accounts on ``how things are done''.
-\end{abstract}
-
-%\begin{keywords}
-%MetaPost, TeX, LaTeX, UML, class diagram, state machine diagram,
-%use case diagram, activity diagram
-%\end{keywords}
-
-\section{Introduction}
-
-Here are a few diagrams created with MetaUML, just to give you a glimpse of its features:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\paragraph{A} Class Diagram\\
-\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.1}
-\paragraph{B} Activity Diagram\\
-\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.2}
-\paragraph{C} Notes\\
-\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.5}
-\columnbreak
-\paragraph{D} Use Case Diagram\\
-\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.3}
-\paragraph{E} State Machine Diagram\\
-\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.4}
-\paragraph{F} Package Diagram\\
-\includegraphics[scale=.55]{fig/appetizer.6}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\pagebreak
-
-The code which generates these diagrams is quite straightforward, combining a natural object-oriented parlance with the power of MetaPost equation solving; for more information on MetaPost see \cite {metapost}.
-
-An UML class, for example, can be drawn as follows:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.A("MyClass")
- ("attr1: int", "attr2: int")
- ("method1(): void",
- "method2(): void");
-
-A.nw = (0, 0); % optional, implied
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/appetizer.7}
-\end{multicols}
-
-This piece of code creates an instance of {\code Class}, which will be afterward
-identified as {\code A}. This object has the following content properties: a name
-({\code MyClass}), a list of attributes ({\code attr1}, {\code attr2})
-and a list of methods ({\code method1}, {\code method2}). The one thing remaining
-before actually drawing {\code A} is to set its location.
-
-\begin{figure}
-\centering
-\includegraphics{fig/properties.1}
-\caption{Positioning properties of any MetaUML object (here a class object is depicted).}
-\label{fig:properties}
-\end{figure}
-
-In {\code A.nw} we refer to the ``north-west'' of the class rectangle, that is
-to its upper-left corner. In general, every MetaUML object has the positioning
-properties given in figure \ref{fig:properties}. These properties are used to set
-where to draw a given object, whether by assigning them absolute values, or by setting
-them relatively to other objects. Suppose that we have defined two classes
-{\code A} and {\code B}. Then the following code would give a conceivable positioning:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-A.nw = (0,0);
-B.e = A.w + (-20, 0);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\includegraphics{fig/appetizer.8}
-\end{multicols}
-
-After the objects are drawn, one may draw links between them, such as inheritance
-or association relations between classes in class diagrams, or transitions between states
-in state machine diagrams. Whichever the purpose is, MetaUML provides a generic
-way of drawing an edge in a diagram's graph:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-link(how-to-draw-information)(path-to-draw);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The ``how to draw information'' is actually an object which defines the style
-of the line (e.g. solid, dashed) and the appearance of the heads (e.g. nothing, arrow, diamond).
-One such object, called {\code inheritance}, defines a solid path ending in
-a white triangle. The {\code path-to-draw} parameter is simply a MetaPost path.
-For example, the following code can be used used to represent that class {\code B} is derived from {\code A}:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-link(inheritance)(B.e -- A.w);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Note that the direction of the path is important, and MetaUML uses it to determine the
-type of adornment to attach at the link ends (if applicable). In our example, a white triangle,
-denoting inheritance, points towards the end of the path, that is towards class {\code A}.
-
-To sum up, we present a short code and the resulting diagram, typical for just about
-everything else in MetaUML. The positioning of {\code A} does not need to be
-explicitly set because ``floating'' objects are automatically positioned at {\code (0,0)} by their
-draw method.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-input metauml;
-beginfig(1);
- Class.A("A")()();
- Class.B("B")()();
- B.e = A.w + (-20, 0);
- drawObjects(A, B);
- link(inheritance)(B.e -- A.w);
-endfig;
-end
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\includegraphics{fig/appetizer.9}
-\end{multicols}
-
-From a user's perspective, this is all there is to MetaUML. With a reference describing how other
-UML elements are created, one can set out to typeset arbitrary complex diagrams.
-
-\section{Class Diagrams}
-
-A class is created as follows:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.name(class-name)
- (list-of-attributes)
- (list-of-methods);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The suffix {\code name} gives a name to the {\code Class} object (which, of course, represents an UML class).
-The name of the UML class is a string given by {\code class-name};
-the attributes are given as a comma separated list of strings, {\code list-of-attributes};
-the methods are given as a comma separated list of strings, {\code list-of-attributes}.
-The list of attributes and the list of methods may be void.
-
-Each of the strings representing an attribute or a method may begin with a visibility marker: ``$+$'' for
-public, ``\#'' for protected and ``$-$'' for private. MetaUML interprets this marker and renders a
-graphic stereotype in form of a lock which may be opened, semi-closed and closed, respectively.
-
-Here is an example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.A("Point")
- ("#x:int", "#y:int")
- ("+set(x:int, y:int)",
- "+getX():int",
- "+getY():int",
- "-debug():void");
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\includegraphics{fig/class.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Stereotypes}
-
-After a class is created, its stereotypes may be specified by using the macro {\code classStereotypes}:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-classStereotypes.name(list-of-stereotypes);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Here, {\code name} is the object name of a previously created class and {\code list-of-stereotypes}
-is a comma separated list of strings. Here is an example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.A("User")()();
-classStereotypes.A("<<interface>>",
- "<<home>>");
-
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Interfaces and Abstract Classes}
-
-At times it is prefered to typeset the name of an interface in an oblique font, rather than using the ``interface'' stereotype. This can be easily achieved by using the macro:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Interface.name(class-name)
- (list-of-methods);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Here is an example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Interface.A("Observer")
- ("+update(src:Object)");
-
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.11}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Note that {\code Interface} is a special kind of {\code Class}, the declaration code above being equivalent to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-EClass.A(iInterface)("Observer")()
- ("+update(src:Object)");
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Along the same line, here's how abstract classes can be drawn:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-EClass.A(iAbstractClass)("Observable")
- ("observers: Observer[0..*]")
- ("+addObserver(o: Observer)",
- "+notify()");
-
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.12}
-\end{multicols}
-
-If you prefer, you can use the syntactic sugar:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-AbstractClass.A("Observable")
- ("observers: Observer[0..*]")
- ("+addObserver(o: Observer)",
- "+notify()");
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\subsection{Displaying Class Name Only}
-
-If you want the empty methods and attributes compartments in a class not being displayed, one way is to set the spacing at their top and the bottom to {\code 0}:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.A("MyModel")()();
-A.info.iAttributeStack.top := 0;
-A.info.iAttributeStack.bottom := 0;
-A.info.iMethodStack.top := 0;
-A.info.iMethodStack.bottom := 0;
-
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.13}
-\end{multicols}
-
-There are also specific formating macros defined for this usage scenarios, the formatting information object {\code iClassNameOnly} and the syntactic sugar macro {\code ClassName}:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-EClass.A(iClassNameOnly)("MyModel")()();
-ClassName.B("AnotherModel");
-classStereotypes.B("<<smart>>");
-
-topToBottom(20)(A, B);
-
-drawObjects(A, B);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{2cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.14}
-\end{multicols}
-
-To customize the space around the class name globally, you can set the values of {\code iClassNameOnly.iName.top} and {\code iClassNameOnly.iName.bottom}. Individually, for a given object, say {\code B}, the attributes {\code B.info.iName.top} and {\code B.info.iName.bottom} can be used.
-
-\subsection{Objects (or Class Instances)}
-
-An UML object (or class instance) is created as follows:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Instance.name(object-name)
- (list-of-attributes);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The suffix {\code name} gives a name to the {\code Instance} object. The name of the object (given by {\code object-name}) is typeset underlined. The attributes are given as a comma separated list of strings, {\code list-of-attributes}.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Instance.order("o: Order")
- ("name='book'", "{placed}", "{payed}");
-drawObject(order);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{2cm}\includegraphics{fig/instance.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-
-\subsection{Parametrized Classes (Templates)}
-
-The most convenient way of typesetting a class template in \metauml\ is to use the macro {\code ClassTemplate}.
-This macro creates a visual object which is appropriately positioned near the class object it adorns.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-ClassTemplate.name(list-of-templates)
- (class-object);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The {\code name} is the name of the template object, {\code list-of-templates} is a comma separated list of strings and the {\code class-object} is the name of a class object.
-
-Here is an example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.A("Vector")()();
-ClassTemplate.T("T", "size: int")(A);
-
-drawObjects(A, T);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-The macro {\code Template} can also be used to create a template object, but this time the resulting
-object can be positioned freely.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Template.name(list-of-templates);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Of course, one can specify both stereotypes and template parameters for a given class.
-
-\subsection{Types of Links}
-
-In this section we enumerate the relations that can be drawn between classes by means
-of \metauml\ macros. Suppose that we have the declared two points, {\code A} (on the left)
-and {\code B} (on the right):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-pair A, B;
-A = (0,0);
-B = (50,0);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\begin{tabular}{||l|c||}
-\hline
-{\code link(association)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.4} \\
-\hline
-{\code link(associationUni)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.5} \\
-\hline
-{\code link(inheritance)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.6} \\
-\hline
-{\code link(realization)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.12} \\
-\hline
-{\code link(aggregation)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.7} \\
-\hline
-{\code link(aggregationUni)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.8} \\
-\hline
-{\code link(composition)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.9} \\
-\hline
-{\code link(compositionUni)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.10} \\
-\hline
-{\code link(dependency)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/class_diagrams.11} \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-
-\subsection{Associations}
-In UML an association typically has two of association ends and may have a name specified for it.
-In turn, each association end may specify a multiplicity, a role, a visibility, an ordering.
-These entities are treated in \metauml\ as pictures having specific drawing information
-(spacings, font).
-
-The first method of creating association ``items'' is by giving them explicit names.
-Having a name for an association item comes in handy when referring to its properties
-is later needed (see the non UML-compliant diagram below). Note that the last parameter of the macro {\code item} is an equation which uses the item name to perform positioning.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.P("Person")()();
-Class.C("Company")()();
-% drawing code ommited
-
-item.aName(iAssoc)("works for")
- (aName.s = .5[P.w, C.w]);
-draw aName.n -- (aName.n + (20,20));
-label.urt("association name" infont "tyxtt",
- aName.n + (20,20));
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics[scale=.8]{fig/class_association.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-However, giving names to every association item may become an annoying burden
-(especially when there are many of them). Because of this, \metauml\ also allows for
-``anonymous items''. In this case, the positioning is set by an equation
-which refers to the anonymous item as {\code obj}.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-% P and C defined as in the previous example
-
-item(iAssoc)("employee")(obj.nw = P.s);
-item(iAssoc)("1..*")(obj.ne = P.s);
-
-% other items are drawn similarly
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_association.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Dependencies and Stereotypes}
-
-Stereotypes are frequently used with dependencies. Below is an example.
-\pagebreak
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.F("Factory")()();
-Class.O("Object")()();
-
-O.n = F.s - (0, 50);
-drawObjects(F, O);
-
-clink(dependency)(F, O);
-item(iStereo)("<<creates>>")(obj.w = .5[F.s,O.n])
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_association.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\section{Notes}
-
-A note is created as follows:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Note.name(list-of-lines);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The suffix {\code name} is the name of the {\code Note} object. The comma separated list of strings, {\code list-of-lines}, gives the text contents of the note object, each string being drawn on its own line.
-Here is an example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Note.A("This note", "has two lines.");
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/note.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Attaching notes to diagram elements}
-
-Notes can be attached to diagram elements by using a link of type {\code dashedLink}.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Note.A("This is a class");
-Class.C("Object")()();
-
-A.sw = C.ne + (20, 20);
-
-drawObject(A, C);
-
-clink(dashedLink)(A, C);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/note.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Now let us see a more complex example, which demontrates the ability of accessing sub-elements in a \metauml\ diagram.
-\pagebreak
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Note.nA("This is the class name");
-Note.nB("This is a key attribute");
-Note.nC("This is a nice method");
-
-Class.C("Object")("+id:int")
- ("+clone()", "+serialize()");
-
-topToBottom.left(10)(nA, nB, nC);
-leftToRight(10)(C, nB);
-
-drawObjects(C, nA, nB, nC);
-
-clink(dashedLink)(C.namePict, nA);
-clink(dashedLink)(C.attributeStack.pict[0], nB);
-clink(dashedLink)(C.methodStack.pict[1], nC);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/note.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Macros like {\code leftToRight} and {\code topToBottom} are presented in section \ref{section:positioning}.
-
-\subsection{Using mathematical formulae}
-
-MetaUML notes can contain mathematical formulae typeset in TeX (and {\bf not} LaTeX). This feature is considered experimental, as it is not always straightforward to use it. Below is a full-code example, note the import of MetaPost package {\code TEX}.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-input metauml;
-input TEX;
-
-beginfig(1);
- Note.A("This class implements the formula:",
- TEX("$\sum_1^n f(x) \cdot dx$"));
- drawObjects(A);
-endfig;
-
-end
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{0.5cm}\includegraphics{fig/note.4}
-\end{multicols}
-
-If you have a taller formula, you must be prepared to do some advanced stunts. Remark: {\code "aaa" \& "bbb"} is MetaPost's way to concatenate the strings into {\code "aaabbb"}. The formula's string was split in two for space reasons.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Note.A("Can you do it?",
- TEX("$\sum_1^n f(x) \cdot dx " &
- "\over \sum_1^m g(y) \cdot dy$"));
-A.stack.info.spacing := 30;
-A.stack.pict[1].info.ignoreNegativeBase := 0;
-
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/note.5}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Alas, this trick does not entirely solve the problem: a third line in the note would be badly aligned. Therefore, until MetaUML's {\code Note} class is upgraded to better support this scenario, you may want to limit yourself to two lines per note --- at least when tall formulae are involved.
-
-\section{Packages}
-
-MetaUML allows for the creation of packages in various forms. Firstly, we have the option of writing the package name in the middle of the main box. Secondly, we can write the name on the tiny box above the main box, leaving the main box empty. Lastly, we can write the package name as in the second case, but the main box can have an arbitrary contents: classes, other packages, or even other UML items.
-
-The macro that creates a package has the following synopsis:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Package.name(package-name)(subitems-list);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The parameter {\code package-name} is a string or a list of comma separated strings representing the package's name. The {\code subitems-list} parameter is used to specify the subitems (tipically classes or packages) of this package; its form is as a comma separated list of objects, which can be void.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Package.P("java.lang")();
-drawObject(P);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/package.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Below is another example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Package.P("An important", "package")();
-drawObject(P);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/package.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-If you wish to leave the main box empty, you can use the following code:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Package.P("java.lang")();
-P.info.forceEmptyContent := 1;
-drawObject(P);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/package.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-The same effect as above can be achieved globally by doing:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-iPackage.forceEmptyContent := 1;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-More information on MetaUML's way of managing global and per-object configuration data can be found in section \ref{section:infrastructure} and section \ref{section:customization}.
-
-Here is an example involving items contained in a package.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.A("A")()();
-Class.B("B")()();
-Package.P("net.metauml")(A, B);
-
-leftToRight(10)(A, B);
-
-drawObject(P);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/package.4}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Types of Links}
-
-The nesting relation between packages is created by using the {\code nest} link information.
-
-\begin{tabular}{||l|c||}
-\hline
-{\code link(nest)(X.e -- Y.w)} & \includegraphics{fig/package.5} \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-
-\section{Component Diagrams}
-
-A component is created by the macro {\code Component}:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Component.name(component-name)
- (subitems-list)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The parameter {\code component-name} is a string representing the component's name. The {\code subitems-list} parameter is used to specify the subitems of this component (possibly classes, packages or other components); its form is as a comma separated list of objects, which can be void.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Component.C("Business Logic")();
-drawObject(C);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/component.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Here is an example involving subitems in a component:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.A("A")()();
-Package.B("B")();
-Component.C("C")();
-
-Component.BigC("Big Component")(A, B, C);
-
-leftToRight(10)(A, B);
-topToBottom(10)(A, C);
-
-drawObject(BigC);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{3cm}\includegraphics{fig/component.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Types of Links}
-
-\begin{tabular}{||l|c||}
-\hline
-{\code link(requiredInterface)( A.e -- .5[A.e, B.w] );} & \includegraphics{fig/component.3} \\
-\hline
-{\code link(providedInterface)( .5[A.e, B.w] -- B.w );} & \includegraphics{fig/component.4} \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-
-\vspace{0.5cm}
-
-The {\code requiredInterface} and {\code providedInterface} visual constructs can be easily combined, as shown in the following example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Component.A("A")();
-Component.B("B")();
-
-leftToRight(80)(A, B);
-
-drawObjects(A, B);
-
-link(providedInterface)( A.e -- .5[A.e, B.w] );
-link(requiredInterface)( B.w -- .5[A.e, B.w] );
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{-1cm}\includegraphics{fig/component.5}
-\end{multicols}
-
-
-\section{Use Case Diagrams}
-
-\subsection{Use Cases}
-An use case is created by the macro {\code Usecase}:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usecase.name(list-of-lines);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The {\code list-of-lines} is a comma separated list of strings. These strings are placed
-on top of each other, centered and surrounded by the appropriate visual UML notation.
-
-Here is an use case example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usecase.U("Authenticate user",
- "by name, password");
-drawObject(U);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/usecase.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Actors}
-
-An actor is created by the macro {\code Actor}:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Actor.name(list-of-lines);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Here, {\code list-of-lines} represents the actor's name. For convenience, the name may be
-given as a list of strings which are placed on top of each other, to provide support for
-the situations when the role is quite long. Otherwise, giving a single string
-as an argument to the Actor constructor is perfectly fine.
-
-Here is an actor example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Actor.A("User");
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/usecase.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Note that one may prefer to draw diagram relations positioned relatively to
-the visual representation of an actor (the ``human'') rather than relatively to the whole
-actor object (which also includes the text). Because of that, MetaUML provides access
-to the ``human'' of every actor object {\code actor} by means of the sub-object {\code actor.human}.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Actor.A("Administrator");
-drawObject(A);
-draw objectBox(A);
-draw objectBox(A.human);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/usecase.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Note that in \metauml\ {\code objectBox(X)} is equivalent to {\code X.nw -- X.ne -- X.se -- X.sw -- cycle} for every object {\code X}. {\code A.human} is considered a \metauml\ object, so you can use expressions like {\code A.human.n} or {\code A.human.midx}.
-
-\subsection{Types of Links}
-
-Some of the types of links defined for class diagrams (such as inheritance, association etc.) can be used with similar semantics within use case diagrams.
-
-\section{Activity Diagrams}
-
-\subsection{Begin, End and Flow End}
-
-The begin and the end of an activity diagram can be marked by using the macros {\code Begin}
-and {\code End} or {\code FlowFinal}, respectively. The constructors of these visual objects take no parameters:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Begin.beginName;
-End.endName;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Below is an example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Begin.b;
-End.e;
-FlowFinal.f;
-
-leftToRight(20)(b, e, f);
-
-drawObjects(b, e, f);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/activity.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Activity}
-
-An activity is constructed as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-Activity.name(list-of-strings);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The parameter {\code list-of-strings} is a comma separated list of strings. These strings are
-centered on top of each other to allow for the accommodation of a longer activity description
-within a reasonable space.
-
-An example is given below:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Activity.A("Learn MetaUML -",
- "the MetaPost UML library");
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/activity.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Fork and Join}
-
-A fork or join is created by the macro:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Fork.name(type, length);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The parameter {\code type} is a string and can be either of {\code "h"}, {\code "horiz"}, {\code "horizontal"} for horizontal bars, and either of {\code "v"}, {\code "vert"}, {\code "vertical"} for vertical bars. The {\code length} gives the bar's length.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Fork.forkA("h", 100);
-Fork.forkB("v", 20);
-
-leftToRight(10)(forkA, forkB);
-
-drawObject(forkA, forkB);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/activity.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Branch}
-
-A branch is created by the macro:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Branch.name;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Here is an example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Branch.testA;
-
-drawObject(testA);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/activity.4}
-\end{multicols}
-
-
-\subsection{Types of Links}
-
-In activity diagrams, transitions between activities are needed. They are typeset
-as in the example below. In section \ref{composite-states} such a transition
-is showed. This type of link is also used for state machine diagrams.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-link(transition)( pointA -- pointB );
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\section{State Diagrams}
-
-The constructor of a state allows for aggregated sub-states:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-State.name(state-name)(substates-list);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The parameter {\code state-name} is a string or a list of comma separated strings representing
-the state's name or description. The {\code substates-list} parameter is used to specify
-the substates of this state as a comma separated list of objects; this list may be void.
-
-An example of a simple state:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-State.s("Take order")();
-drawObject(s);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/state.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-
-\subsection{Composite States}
-\label{composite-states}
-
-A composite state is defined by enumerating at the end of its constructor the inner
-states. Interestingly enough, the composite state takes care of drawing the sub-states it
-contains. The transitions must be drawn after the composite state, as seen in the
-next example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Begin.b;
-End.e;
-State.c("Component")();
-State.composite("Composite")(b, e, c);
-
-b.midx = e.midx = c.midx;
-c.top = b.bottom - 20;
-e.top = c.bottom - 20;
-
-composite.info.drawNameLine := 1;
-drawObject(composite);
-
-link(transition)(b.s -- c.n);
-link(transition)(c.s -- e.n);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/state.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Internal Transitions}
-
-Internal transitions can be specified by using the macro:
-\begin{verbatim}
-stateTransitions.name(list-transitions);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Identifier {\code name} gives the state object whose internal transitions are being set,
-and parameter {\code list-transitions} is a comma separated string list.
-
-
-An example is given below:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-State.s("An interesting state",
- "which is worth mentioning")();
-stateTransitions.s(
- "OnEntry / Open eyes",
- "OnExit / Sleep well");
-s.info.drawNameLine := 1;
-
-drawObject(s);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/state.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Special States}
-
-Similarly to the usage of {\code Begin} and {\code End} macros, one can define history states,
-exit/entry point states and terminate pseudo-states, by using the following constructors.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-History.nameA;
-ExitPoint.nameB;
-EntryPoint.nameC;
-Terminate.nameD;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\section{Drawing Paths}
-
-The {\code link} macro is powerful enough to draw relations following arbitrary paths:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-path cool;
-cool := A.e .. A.e+(20,10) ..
- B.s+(20,-40) .. B.s+(-10,-30)
- -- B.s;
-link(inheritance)(cool);
-
-link(aggregationUni)
- (A.n ..(30,30)..B.w);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Regardless of how amusing this feature might be, it does become a bit of a nuisance to
-use it in its bare form. When typesetting UML diagrams in good style, one generally
-uses rectangular paths. It is for this kind of style that \metauml\ offers extensive
-support, providing a ``syntactic sugar'' for constructs which can otherwise be
-done by hand, but with some extra effort.
-
-\subsection{Manhattan Paths}
-
-The ``Manhattan'' path macros generate a path between two points consisting of one
-horizontal and one vertical segment. The macro {\code pathManhattanX} generates first a
-horizontal segment, while the macro {\code pathManhattanY} generates first a
-vertical segment. In \metauml\ it also matters the direction of a path, so you
-can choose to reverse it by using {\code rpathManhattanX} and {\code rpathManhattanY}
-(note the prefix ``{\code r}''):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-pathManhattanX(A, B)
-pathManhattanY(A, B)
-
-rpathManhattanX(A, B)
-rpathManhattanY(A, B)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\pagebreak
-Here is an example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.A("A")()();
-Class.B("B")()();
-
-B.sw = A.ne + (10,10);
-drawObjects(A, B);
-
-link(aggregationUni)
- (rpathManhattanX(A.e, B.s));
-link(inheritance)
- (pathManhattanY(A.n, B.w));
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Stair Step Paths}
-
-These path macros generate stair-like paths between two points.
-The ``stair'' can ``rise'' first in the direction of $Ox$ axis ({\code pathStepX})
-or in the direction of $Oy$ axis ({\code pathStepY}). How much should a step
-rise is given by an additional parameter, {\code delta}. Again, the macros
-prefixed with ``{\code r}'' reverse the direction of the path given by their
-unprefixed counterparts.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-pathStepX(A, B, delta)
-pathStepY(A, B, delta)
-
-rpathStepX(A, B, delta)
-rpathStepY(A, B, delta)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Here is an example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-stepX:=60;
-link(aggregationUni)
- (pathStepX(A.e, B.e, stepX));
-
-stepY:=20;
-link(inheritance)
- (pathStepY(B.n, A.n, stepY));
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Horizontal and Vertical Paths}
-
-There are times when drawing horizontal or vertical links is required,
-even when the objects are not properly aligned. To this aim, the following macros
-are useful:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-pathHorizontal(pA, untilX)
-pathVertical(pA, untilY)
-
-rpathHorizontal(pA, untilX)
-rpathVertical(pA, untilY)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-A path created by {\code pathHorizonal} starts from the point {\code pA}
-and continues horizontally until coordinate {\code untilX} is reached. The macro
-{\code pathVertical} constructs the path dually, working vertically.
-The prefix ``{\code r}'' reverses the direction of the path.
-
-Usage example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-untilX := B.left;
-link(association)
- (pathHorizontal(A.e, untilX));
-
-untilY:= C.bottom;
-link(association)
- (pathVertical(A.n, untilY));
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.4}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Direct Paths}
-
-A direct path can be created with {\code directPath}. The call {\code directPath(A, B)}
-is equivalent to {\code A -{}- B}.
-
-\subsection{Paths between Objects}
-
-Using the constructs presented above, it is clear that one can draw links between diagram
-objects, using a code like:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-link(transition)(directPath(objA.nw, objB.se));
-\end{verbatim}
-
-There are times however this may yield unsatisfactory visual results,
-especially when the appearance of the object's corners is round. MetaUML provides the macro
-{\code pathCut} whose aim is to limit a given path exactly to the region outside the actual
-borders of the objects it connects. The macro's synopsis is:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-pathCut(thePath)(objectA, objectB)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Here, {\code thePath} is a given MetaPost path and {\code objectA} and {\code objectB}
-are two \metauml\ objects. By contract, each \metauml\ object of type, say, {\code X}
-defines a macro {\code X\_border} which returns the path that surrounds it. Because
-of that, {\code pathCut} can make the appropriate modifications to {\code thePath}.
-
-The following code demonstrates the benefits of the {\code pathCut} macro:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-z = A.se + (30, -10);
-link(transition)
- (pathCut(A, B)(A.c--z--B.c));
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.5}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsubsection{Direct Paths between Centers}
-
-At times is quicker to just draw direct paths between the center of two objects,
-minding of course the object margins. The macro which does this is {\code clink}:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-clink(how-to-draw-information)(objA, objB);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The parameter {\code how-to-draw-information} is the same as for the macro {\code link};
-{\code objA} and {\code objB} are two \metauml\ objects.
-
-Below is an example which involves the inheritance relation:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-clink(inheritance)(A, B);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/paths.6}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\section{Arranging Diagram Items}
-\label{section:positioning}
-
-Using equations involving cardinal points, such as {\code A.nw = B.ne + (10,0)}, is
-good enough for achieving the desired results. However, programs are best to
-be written for human audience, rather than for compilers. It does become a bit
-tiresome to think all the time of cardinal points and figure out the
-direction of positive or negative offsets. Because of that, \metauml\ offers
-syntactic sugar which allows for an easier understanding of the intent behind
-the positioning code.
-
-Suppose that we have three classes, {\code A}, {\code B}, {\code C} and their base class
-{\code Base}. We want the base class to be at the top, and the derived classes to be
-on a line below. A code like the following will do:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-A.ne = B.nw + (20,0);
-B.ne = C.nw + (20,0);
-Base.s = B.n + (0,-20);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Now, look at the code again. What strikes you is that you cannot visualize what it is all about, unless you really try --- decoding the intent line by line. What this code lacks is a feature called self-documenting: the code is good only if you can read it as a story and understand its meaning.
-
-Perhaps the following version of the code will make the point. All you need to know is that the numeric argument represents a distance.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-leftToRight(20)(A, B, C);
-topToBottom(20)(Base, B);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/positioning.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Below there are examples which show how these macros can be used. Suppose that we have the following definitions for objects {\code X}, {\code Y}, and {\code Z}; also, let's assume that {\code spacing} is a numeric variable set to {\code 5}.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Picture.X("a");
-Picture.Y("...");
-Picture.Z("Cyan");
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\begin{tabular}{||l|c||}
-\hline
-{\code leftToRight.top(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.3} \\
-\hline
-{\code leftToRight.midy(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.4} \\
-\hline
-{\code leftToRight.bottom(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.5} \\
-\hline
-{\code topToBottom.left(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.6} \\
-\hline
-{\code topToBottom.midx(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.7} \\
-\hline
-{\code topToBottom.right(spacing)(X, Y, Z);} & \includegraphics{fig/positioning.8} \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular} \\
-
-To make typesetting even quicker in frequent usage scenarios, the following equivalent contructs are also allowed:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-leftToRight.midy(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
-leftToRight(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-topToBottom.midx(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
-topToBottom(spacing)(X, Y, Z);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-If you want to specify that some objects have a given property equal, while the distance between them is given elsewhere, you can use the macro {\code same}.
-This macro accepts a variable number of parameters, but at least two. The following table gives the interpretation of the macro for a simple example.
-
-\begin{tabular}{||l|l||}
-\hline
-{\code same.top(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.top = Y.top = Z.top;} \\
-\hline
-{\code same.midy(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.midy = Y.midy = Z.midy;} \\
-\hline
-{\code same.bottom(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.bottom = Y.bottom = Z.bottom;} \\
-\hline
-{\code same.left(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.left = Y.left = Z.left;} \\
-\hline
-{\code same.midx(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.midx = Y.midx = Z.midx;} \\
-\hline
-{\code same.right(X, Y, Z);} & {\code X.right = Y.right = Z.right;} \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular} \\
-
-
-To specify the relative position of two points more easily, one can use the macros {\code below}, {\code above}, {\code atright}, {\code atleft}. Let us assume that {\code A} and {\code B} are two points (objects of type {\code pair} in MetaPost). The following constructs are equivalent:
-
-\begin{tabular}{||l|l||}
-\hline
-{\code B = A + (5,0);} & {\code B = atright(A, 5);} \\
-{\code B = A - (5,0);} & {\code B = atleft(A, 5);} \\
-{\code B = A + (0,5);} & {\code B = above(A, 5);} \\
-{\code B = A - (0,5);} & {\code B = below(A, 5);} \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-\section{The MetaUML Infrastructure}
-\label{section:infrastructure}
-
-MetaPost is a macro language based on equation solving. Using it may seem quite
-tricky at first for a programmer accustomed to modern object-oriented languages.
-However, the great power of MetaPost consists in its versatility. Indeed, it is possible to write
-a system which mimics quite well object-oriented behavior. Along this line, METAOBJ
-(\cite{metaobj}) is a library worth mentioning: it provides a high-level objects
-infrastructure along with a battery of predefined objects.
-
-Surprisingly enough, \metauml\ does not use METAOBJ. Instead, it uses a custom written,
-lightweight object-oriented infrastructure, provisionally called ``{\code util}''.
-METAOBJ's facilities, although impressive, were perceived by me as being a bit too much
-for what was initially intented as a quick way of getting some UML diagrams layed out.
-Inspired by METAOBJ, ``{\code util}'' was designed to fulfill with minimal effort
-the specific tasks needed to confortably position, allign or group visual objects
-which include text.
-
-Another library having some object-oriented traits is the {\code boxes}
-library, which comes with the standard MetaPost distribution. Early versions of
-MetaUML did use {\code boxes} as an infrastructure, but this approach had to be abandoned eventually.
-The main reason was that it was difficult to achieve good visual results when stacking texts
-(more on that further on). Also, it had a degree of flexibility which became apparent to be
-insufficient.
-
-\subsection{Motivation}
-
-Suppose that we want to typeset two texts with their bottom lines aligned, using {\code boxit}:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-boxit.a ("yummy");
-boxit.b ("cool");
-
-a.nw = (0,0); b.sw = a.se + (10,0);
-
-drawboxed (a, b); % or drawunboxed(a,b)
-draw a.sw -- b.se dashed evenly
- withpen pencircle scaled 1.1;
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/boxes_vs_util.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Note that, despite supposedly having their bottoms alligned,
-``yummy'' {\it looks} slightly higher than ``cool''. This would be unacceptable
-in an UML class diagram, when roles are placed at the ends of a horizontal association.
-Regardless of default spacing being smaller in the {\code util} library,
-the very same unfortunate misalignment effect rears its ugly head:
-
-\pagebreak
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Picture.a("yummy");
-Picture.b("cool");
-% comment next line for unboxed
-a.info.boxed := b.info.boxed := 1;
-
-b.sw = a.se + (10,0);
-
-drawObjects(a, b);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/boxes_vs_util.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-However, the strong point of {\code util} is that we have a recourse to this problem:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
-
-Picture.a("yummy");
-Picture.b("cool");
-% the rest the same as above
-drawObjects(a, b);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/boxes_vs_util.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{The Picture Macro}
-
-We have seen previously the line {\code iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1}.
-Who is {\code iPict} and what is it doing in our program? \metauml\
-aims at separating the ``business logic'' (what to draw) from the
-``interface'' (how to draw). In order to achieve this, it records the ``how to draw''
-information within the so-called {\code Info} structures. The object {\code iPict}
-is an instance of {\code PictureInfo} structure, which has the following properties
-(or attributes):
-\begin{verbatim}
-left, right, top, bottom
-ignoreNegativeBase
-boxed, borderColor
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The first four attributes specify how much space should be left around the
-actual item to be drawn. The marvelous effect of {\code ignoreNegativeBase}
-has just been shown (off), while the last two attributes control whether the border
-should be drawn (when {\code boxed=1}) and if drawn, in which color.
-
-There's one more thing: the font to typeset the text in. This is specified
-in a {\code FontInfo} structure which has two attributes: the font name
-and the font scale. This information is kept within the {\code PictureInfo} structure
-as a contained attribute {\code iFont}. Both {\code FontInfo} and {\code PictureInfo}
-have ``copy constructors'' which can be used to make copies. We have already
-the effect of these copy constructors at work, when we used:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Picture.a("yummy");
-a.info.boxed := 1;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-A copy of the default info for a picture, {\code iPict}, has been made within
-the object {\code a} and can be accessed as {\code a.info}. Having a copy of the
-info in each object may seem like an overkill, but it allows for a fine grained
-control of the drawing mode of each individual object. This feature comes in very
-handy when working with a large number of settings, as it is the case for \metauml.
-
-Let us imagine for a moment that we have two types of text to write: one with a small font
-and a small margin and one with a big font and a big margin. We could in theory
-configure each individual object or set back and forth global parameters, but
-this is far for convenient. It is preferable to have two sets of settings and specify
-them explicitly when they are needed. The following code could be placed somewhere
-in a configuration file and loaded before any {\code beginfig} macro:
-\begin{verbatim}
-PictureInfoCopy.iBig(iPict);
-iBig.left := iBig.right := 20;
-iBig.top := 10;
-iBig.bottom := 1;
-iBig.boxed := 1;
-iBig.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
-iBig.iFont.name := defaultfont;
-iBig.iFont.scale := 3;
-
-PictureInfoCopy.iSmall(iPict);
-iSmall.boxed := 1;
-iSmall.borderColor := green;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Below is an usage example of these definitions. Note the name of the macro: {\code EPicture}.
-The prefix comes form ``explicit'' and it's used to acknowledge that the
-``how to draw'' information is given explicitly --- as a parameter,
-rather than defaulted to what's recorded in {\code iPict}, as with the {\code Picture} macro.
-Having predefined configurations yields short, convenient code.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-EPicture.a(iBig)("yummy");
-EPicture.b(iSmall)("cool");
-% you can still modify a.info, b.info
-
-b.sw = a.se + (10,0);
-
-drawObjects(a, b);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/picture_info.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsubsection{Fixed Sizes}
-
-By default, the size of a {\code Picture} object is set by its contents. However,
-it is possible to specify fixed dimensions both the width and the height, independently.
-This can be done by setting the {\code info}'s attributes {\code fixedWidth} and {\code fixedHeight} to values
-greater than 0. If any of these attributes is left to its default value, {\code -1}, then for the corresponding
-axis the dimension is set according to the dimension of the content. Nevertheless, the fixed dimensions are enforced, even though the contained object would have needed additional space.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-PictureInfoCopy.myFixed(iPict);
-myFixed.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
-myFixed.fixedWidth := 15;
-myFixed.fixedHeight := 20;
-myFixed.boxed := 1;
-
-EPicture.a(myFixed)("a");
-EPicture.b(myFixed)(".-.");
-EPicture.c(myFixed)("toolong");
-
-leftToRight.bottom(10)(a, b, c);
-
-drawObjects(a, b, c);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/picture_info.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsubsection{Content alignment}
-
-When fixed dimensions are used, one most likely would prefer a centered alignement of the contents in the
-{\code Picture} box. This option can be expressed independently for each of the axes,
-by setting the {\code info}'s attributes {\code valign} and {\code halign} to descriptive string values.
-For horizontal alignement, {\code halign} can be set to {\code "left"} or {\code "center"}, and for
-vertical alignement, {\code valign} can be set to {\code "bottom} or {\code "center"}. The default
-values for these attributes are {\code "left"} and {\code "bottom"}, respectively.
-
-The next example uses horizontal centered alignement and a bottom alignement with a {\code 4.5} base offset, for
-vertical alignement. This vertical alignement gives a better visual result than the centered one, at
-least for the situations in which there are texts to be placed horizontally.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-PictureInfoCopy.myFixed(iPict);
-myFixed.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
-myFixed.bottom := 4.5;
-myFixed.valign := "bottom";
-myFixed.halign := "center";
-myFixed.fixedWidth := 25;
-myFixed.fixedHeight := 15;
-myFixed.boxed := 1;
-
-EPicture.a(myFixed)("a");
-EPicture.b(myFixed)("yum");
-EPicture.c(myFixed)("b");
-
-leftToRight.bottom(10)(a, b, c);
-
-drawObjects(a, b, c);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/picture_info.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Stacking Objects}
-
-It is possible to stack objects, much in the style of {\code setboxjoin}
-from {\code boxes} library.
-
-\pagebreak
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Picture.a0("yummy");
-Picture.a1("cool");
-Picture.a2("fool");
-
-setObjectJoin(pa.sw = pb.nw);
-joinObjects(scantokens listArray(a)(3));
-
-drawObjects(scantokens listArray(a)(3));
-% or drawObjects (a0, a1, a2);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/object_stack.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-The {\code listArray} macro provides here a shortcut for writing
-{\code a0, a1, a2}. This macro is particularly useful for generic
-code which does not know beforehand the number of elements to be drawn.
-Having to write the {\code scantokens} keyword is admittedly a nuisance, but
-this is required.
-
-
-\subsection{The Group Macro}
-
-It is possible to group objects in \metauml. This feature is the cornerstone
-of \metauml, allowing for the easy development of complex objects, such as
-composite stats in state machine diagrams.
-
-Similarly to the macro {\code Picture}, the structure {\code GroupInfo}
-is used for specifying group properties; its default instantiation is
-{\code iGroup}. Furthermore, the macro {\code EGroup} explicitely sets the
-layout information.
-
-Here is an example:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-iGroup.left:=20;
-iGroup.right:=15;
-iGroup.boxed:=1;
-iPicture.boxed:=1;
-
-Picture.a("yummy");
-Picture.b("cool");
-Picture.c("fool");
-
-b.nw = a.nw + (20,20); % A
-c.nw = a.nw + (15, 40); % B
-
-Group.g(a, b, c);
-g.nw = (10,10); % C
-
-drawObject(g);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/group.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Note that after some objects are grouped, they can all be drawn
-by invoking the {\code drawObject} macro solely on the group that aggregates them.
-Another important remark is that it is necessary only to set the relative
-positioning of objects within a group (line A and B); afterward, one can
-simply ``move'' the group to a given position (line C), and all the contained
-objects will move along.
-
-\subsection{The PictureStack Macro}
-
-The {\code PictureStack} macro is a syntactic sugar for a set of pictures,
-stacked according to predefined equations and grouped together.
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-iStack.boxed := 1;
-iStack.iPict.boxed := 1;
-PictureStack.myStack("foo",
- "bar: int" infont "tyxtt",
- "nicely-centered" infont defaultfont,
- "nice")("vcenter");
-
-drawObject(myStack);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/picture_stack.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-Note the last parameter of the macro {\code PictureStack}, here {\code vcenter}.
-It is used to generate appropriate equations based on a descriptive name.
-The spacing between individual picture objects is set by the field
-{\code iStack.spacing}. Currently, the following alignment names are
-defined: {\code vleft}, {\code vright}, {\code vcenter},
-{\code vleftbase}, {\code vrightbase}, {\code vcenterbase}. All these
-names refer to vertical alignment (the prefix ``{\code v}''); alignment can
-be at left, right or centered. The variants having the suffix ``{\code base}'' align
-the pictures so that {\code iStack.spacing} refer to the distance between the
-bottom lines of the pictures. The unsuffixed variants use {\code iStack.spacing} as
-the distance between one's bottom line and the next's top line.
-
-The ``{\code base}'' alignment is particularly useful for stacking text, since it
-offers better visual appearance when {\code iPict.ignoreNegativeBase} is set to {\code 1}.
-
-\section{Components Design}
-
-Each MetaUML component (e.g. {\code Picture}, {\code PictureStack}, {\code Class}) is
-designed according to an established pattern. This section gives more insight
-on this.
-
-In order to draw a component, one must know the following information:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item what to draw, or what are the elements of a component.
-\item how to draw, or how are the elements positioned in relation to each other within the component
-\item where to draw
-\end{itemize}
-
-For example, in order to draw a picture object we must know, respectively:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item what is the text or the native picture that needs to be drawn
-\item what are the margins that should be left around the contents
-\item where is the picture to be drawn
-\end{itemize}
-
-Why do we bother with these questions? Why don't we just simply draw the picture
-component as soon as it was created and get it over with?
-That is, why doesn't the following code just work?
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Picture.pict("foo");
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Well, although we have the answer to question 1 (what to draw),
-we still need to have question 3 answered. The code below becomes thus a
-necessity (actually, you are not forced to specify the positioning of an object,
-because its draw method positions it to {\code (0,0)} by default):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-% question 1: what to draw
-Picture.pict("foo");
-
-% question 3: where to draw
-pict.nw = (10,10);
-
-% now we can draw
-drawObject(pict);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-How about question 2, how to draw? By default, this problem is addressed behind the
-scenes by the component. This means, for the Picture object, that a native picture is created
-from the given string, and around that picture certain margins are placed, by means of MetaPost equations.
-(The margins come in handy when one wants to quickly place Picture objects near others,
-so that the result doesn't look too cluttered.)
-If these equations were defined within the Picture constructor, then an
-usability problem would have appeared, because it wouldn't have been possible to modify the margins,
-as in the code below:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-% question 1: what to draw
-Picture.pict("foo");
-
-% question 2: how to draw
-pict.info.left := 10;
-pict.info.boxed := 1;
-
-% question 3: where to draw
-pict.nw = (0,0);
-
-% now we can draw
-drawObject(pict);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-To allow for this type of code, the equations that define the layout of the {\code Picture} object (here, what the margins are)
-must be defined somewhere after the constructor. This is done by a macro called {\code Picture\_layout}.
-This macro defines all the equations which link the ``what to draw'' information to the ``how to draw''
-information (which in our case is taken from the {\code info} member, a copy of {\code iPict}).
-Nevertheless, notice that {\code Picture\_layouts} is not explicitly invoked. To the user's
-great relief, this is taken care of automatically within the {\code Picture\_draw} macro.
-
-There are times however, when explicitly invoking a macro like {\code Picture\_layout}
-becomes a necessity. This is because, by contract, it is only after the {\code layout}
-macro is invoked that the final dimensions (width, height) of an object are
-definitely and permanently known. Imagine that we have a component whose job is to
-surround in a red-filled rectangle some other objects. This component
-needs to know what the dimensions of the contained objects are, in order to be able to set
-its own dimensions. At drawing time, the contained objects must not have been drawn already,
-because the red rectangle of the container would overwrite them.
-Therefore, the whole pseudo-code would be:
-\begin{verbatim}
-Create objects o1, o2, ... ok;
-Create container c(o1, o2, ..., ok);
-Optional: modify info-s for o1, o2, ... ok;
-Optional: modify info for c;
-
-layout c, requiring layout of o1, o2, ... ok;
-establish where to draw c;
-draw red rectangle defined by c;
-draw components o1, o2, ...ok within c
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Note that an object mustn't be laid out more than once, because otherwise
-inconsistent or superfluous equations would arise. To enforce this, by contract,
-any object must keep record of whether its layout method has already been invoked,
-and if the answer is affirmative, subsequent invocations of the layout macro would
-do nothing. It is very important to mention that after the {\code layout} macro is
-invoked over an object, modifying the {\code info} member of that object has
-no subsequent effect, since the layout equations are declared and interpreted only once.
-
-\subsection{Notes on the Implementation of Links}
-
-\metauml\ considers edges in diagram graphs as links. A link is composed of a path and the
-heads (possible none, one or two). For example, an association has no heads, and one must simply
-draw along the path with a solid pen. An unidirectional aggregation has a solid path and two
-heads: one is an arrow and the other is a diamond. So the template algorithm for drawing a link
-is:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-0. Reserve space for heads
-1. Draw the path (except for the heads)
-2. Draw head 1
-3. Draw head 2
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Each of the UML link types define how the drawing should be done, in each of the
-cases (1, 2 and 3). Consider the link type of unidirectional composition.
-Its ``class'' is declared as:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-vardef CompositionUniInfo@# =
- LinkInfo@#;
-
- @#widthA = defaultRelationHeadWidth;
- @#heightA = defaultRelationHeadHeight;
- @#drawMethodA = "drawArrow";
-
- @#widthB = defaultRelationHeadWidth;
- @#heightB = defaultRelationHeadHeight;
- @#drawMethodB = "drawDiamondBlack";
-
- @#drawMethod = "drawLine";
-enddef;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Using this definition, the actual description is created like this:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-CompositionUniInfo.compositionUni;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-As shown previously, is is the macro {\code link} which
-performs the actual drawing, using the link description information
-which is given as parameter (generally called {\code iLink}).
-For example, we can use:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-link(aggregationUni)((0,0)--(40,0));
-\end{verbatim}
-
-%\begin{figure}
-%\centering
-%\includegraphics{fig/how-links-work.1}
-%\caption{An example of a picture stack.}
-%\label{fig:hlw}
-%\end{figure}
-
-Let us see now the inner workings of macro {\code link}. Its definition is:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-vardef link(text iLink)(expr myPath)=
- LinkStructure.ls(myPath,
- iLink.widthA, iLink.widthB);
- drawLinkStructure(ls)(iLink);
-enddef;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\begin{figure}
-\centering
-\begin{tabular}{l|l}
-$AB$ & the path specified by the user \\
-$|AA'|$ & {\code iLink.widthA}\\
-$|BB'|$ & {\code iLink.widthB}
-\end{tabular}
-\includegraphics{fig/how-links-work.2}
-\caption{Details on how a link is drawn by \metauml.}
-\label{fig:hlw2}
-\end{figure}
-
-First, space is reserved for heads, by ``shortening'' the given path {\code myPath}
-by {\code iLink.widthA} at the beginning and by {\code iLink.widthB} at the end.
-After that, the shortened path is drawn with the ``method''
-given by {\code iLink.drawMethod} and the heads with the ``methods''
-{\code iLink.drawMethodA} and {\code iLink.drawMethodB},
-respectively (figure \ref{fig:hlw2}).
-
-\subsection{Object Definitions: Easier {\code generic\_declare}}
-
-In MetaPost, if somebody wants to define something resembling a class in an object-oriented language,
-named, say, {\code Person}, he would do something like this:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-vardef Person@#(expr _name, _age)=
- % @# prefix can be seen as `this` pointer
- string @#name;
- numeric @#age;
-
- @#name := _name;
- @#age := _age;
-enddef;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-This allows for the creation of instances (or objects) of class {\code Person} by using
-declarations like:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-Person.personA;
-Person.personB;
-\end{verbatim}
-
- However, if one also wants to able able to create indexed arrays of persons, such as
-{\code Person.student0}, {\code Person.student1} etc., the definition of class
-{\code Person} must read:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-vardef Person@#(expr _name, _age)=
- _n_ := str @#;
- generic_declare(string) _n.name;
- generic_declare(numeric) _n.age;
-
- @#name := _name;
- @#age := _age;
-enddef;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-This construction is rather inelegant. MetaUML offers alternative macros to achieve
-the same effect, uncluttering the code by removing the need for the unaesthetic {\code \_n\_} and
-{\code \_n}.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-vardef Person@#(expr _name, _age)=
- attributes(@#);
- var(string) name;
- var(numeric) age;
-
- @#name := _name;
- @#age := _age;
-enddef;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\section{Customization in MetaUML: Examples}
-\label{section:customization}
-
-We have seen that in MetaUML the ``how to draw'' information is memorized into the so-called
-``{\code Info}'' structures. For example, the default way in which a {\code Picture} object is
-to be drawn is recorded into an instance of {\code PictureInfo}, named {\code iPict}. In this section we
-present a case study involving the customization of {\code Class} objects. The customization of
-any other \metauml\ objects works similarly. Here we cannot possibly present all the customization
-options for all kinds of \metauml\ objects: this would take too long. Nevertheless, an interested reader can refer
-to the top of the appropriate \metauml\ library file, where {\code Info} structures are defined.
-For example, class diagram related definitions are in {\code metauml\_class.mp}, activity diagram
-definitions are in {\code metauml\_activity.mp} etc.
-
-\subsection{Global settings}
-
-Let us assume that we do not particularly like the default foreground color of all classes, and wish
-to change it so something yellowish. In this scenario, one would most likely want to change
-the appropriate field in {\code iClass}:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-iClass.foreColor := (.9, .9, 0);
-\end{verbatim}
-
-After this, we can obtain the following result:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.A("A")()();
-Class.B("B")()();
-Class.C("C")()();
-
-B.w = A.e + (20,0);
-C.n = .5[A.se, B.sw] + (0, -10);
-
-drawObjects(A, B, C);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_customization.1}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Individual settings}
-
-When one wants to make modifications to the settings of one particular
-{\code Class} objects, another strategy is more appropriate. How about having class
-{\code C} stand out with a light blue foreground color, a bigger font size for the class name and a blue border?
-
-\pagebreak
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-iPict.foreColor := (.9, .9, 0);
-
-Class.A("A")()();
-Class.B("B")()();
-Class.C("C")()();
-C.info.foreColor := (.9, .7, .7);
-C.info.borderColor := green;
-C.info.iName.iFont.scale := 2;
-
-% positioning code ommited
-drawObjects(A, B, C);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_customization.2}
-\end{multicols}
-
-As an aside, note that for each {\code Class} object its {\code info} member is created as
-a copy of {\code iClass}: the actual drawing is performed using this copied
-information. Because of that, one can modify the {\code info} member after the object
-has been created and still get the desired results.
-
-Another thing worth mentioning is that the {\code ClassInfo} structure contains
-the {\code iName} member, which is an instance of {\code PictureInfo}. In our example we
-do not want to modify the spacings around the {\code Picture} object,
-but the characteristics of the font its contents is typeset into. To do that,
-we modify the {\code iName.iFont} member, which by default is a copy of {\code iFont}
-(an instance of {\code FontInfo}, defined in {\code util\_picture.mp}).
-If, for example, we want to change the font the class name is rendered into, we would set
-the attribute {\code iName.iFont.name} to a string representing a font name
-on our system (as used with the MetaPost {\code infont} operator).
-
-
-\subsection{Predefined settings}
-
-This usage scenario is perhaps more interesting. Suppose that we have two
-types of classes which we want to draw differently. Making the setting adjustments
-for each individual class object would soon become a nuisance. \metauml's solution consists in the
-ability of using predefined ``how to draw'' {\code Info} objects. Let us create such objects:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-ClassInfoCopy.iHome(iClass);
-iHome.foreColor := (0, .9, .9);
-
-ClassInfo.iRemote;
-iRemote.foreColor := (.9, .9, 0);
-iRemote.borderColor := green;
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Object {\code iHome} is a copy of {\code iClass} (as it might have been set at
-the time of the macro call). Object {\code iRemote} is created just as {\code iClass}
-is originally created. We can now use these {\code Info} objects to easily set the
-``how to draw'' information for classes. The result is depicted below,
-please note the ``{\code E}'' prefix in {\code EClass}:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-EClass.A(iHome)("UserHome")()();
-EClass.B(iRemote)("UserRemote")()();
-EClass.C(iHome)("CartHome")()();
-EClass.D(iRemote)("CartRemote")()();
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{1cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_customization.3}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\subsection{Extreme customization}
-
-When another font (or font size) is used, one may also want to modify the spacings between the
-attributes' and methods' baselines. Figure below is the result of the
-(unlikely) code:
-
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Class.A("Foo")
- ("a: int", "b: int")
- ("foo()", "bar()", "gar()");
-
-A.info.iName.iFont.name := metauml_defaultFontBold;
-A.info.iName.iFont.scale := 1.2;
-
-A.info.iAttributeStack.iPict.iFont.scale := 0.8;
-A.info.iAttributeStack.top := 10;
-A.info.iAttributeStack.spacing := 11;
-
-A.info.iMethodStack.iPict.iFont.scale := 2;
-A.info.iMethodStack.spacing := 17;
-A.info.iMethodStack.bottom := 10;
-
-drawObject(A);
-\end{verbatim}
-\columnbreak
-\hspace{4cm}\includegraphics{fig/class_customization.4}
-\end{multicols}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Both {\code iAttributeStack} and {\code iMethodStack} are instances of
-{\code PictureStackInfo}, which is used to control the display of {\code PictureStack} objects.
-%We can also customize the size and colors of the ``locks'' by setting {\code A.info.iLock}.
-
-As font names, you can choose from the globally defined {\code metauml\_defaultFont}, {\code metauml\_defaultFontOblique}, {\code metauml\_defaultFontBold}, {\code metauml\_defaultFontBoldOblique}, or any other name of a font that is available on your system.
-
-%\theendnotes
-
-\bibliographystyle{apalike}
-
-\begin{thebibliography}{1}
-\bibitem[Roegel, 2002]{metaobj}
-Roegel, D. (2002).
-\newblock {The METAOBJ tutorial and reference manual}.
-\newblock Available from {\code www.loria.fr/~roegel/TeX/momanual.pdf}.
-
-\bibitem[Knuth, 1986]{knuth}
-Knuth, D.~E. (1986).
-\newblock {\em The {\TeX{}}book}.
-\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
-
-\bibitem[Lamport, 1994]{lamport}
-Lamport, L. (1994).
-\newblock {\em {\LaTeX} a Document Preparation System}.
-\newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd edition.
-
-%\bibitem[Gheorghies, 2005]{metaumlman}
-%Gheorghies, O. (2005).
-%\newblock {MetaUML: Tutorial, Reference and Test Suite}.
-%\newblock Available from {\code http://metauml.sourceforge.net}.
-
-\bibitem[Hobby, 1992]{metapost}
-Hobby, J. (1992)
-\newblock {A User's Manual for MetaPost}.
-\newblock Available from {\code http://www.tug.org/tutorials/mp/}.
-
-\bibitem[Gjelstad, 2001]{umlsty}
-Gjelstad, E. (2001).
-\newblock {uml.sty 0.09.09}.
-\newblock Available from {\code http://heim.ifi.uio.no/\~{ }ellefg/uml.sty/}.
-
-\bibitem[Diamantini, 1998]{pstumlsty}
-Diamantini, M. (1998).
-\newblock {Interface utilisateur du package pst-uml}.
-\newblock Available from {\code http://perce.de/LaTeX/pst-uml/}.
-
-\bibitem[Palmer, 1999]{umldoc}
-Palmer, D. (1999).
-\newblock {The umldoc UML Documentation Package}.
-\newblock Available from {\code http://www.charvolant.org/\~{ }elements/}.
-
-\bibitem[OMG, 2003]{XMI}
-Object Management Group (2003).
-\newblock {XML Metadata Interchange (XMI) Specification}.
-\newblock Available from {\code http://www.omg.org/}.
-\end{thebibliography}
-
-\pagebreak
-\pagebreak
-\pagebreak
-\input{test_suite}
-
-\pagebreak
-\section{GNU Free Documentation License}
-\input{gnu-fdl}
-
-\end{document}
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/my-bib.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/my-bib.bib 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/my-bib.bib 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
- at inproceedings{ template,
- author = "Nicholas Freitag McPhee and Riccardo Poli",
- title = "A schema theory analysis of the evolution of size in genetic programming with linear representations",
- booktitle = "Genetic Programming, Proceedings of EuroGP'2001",
- volume = "2038",
- month = "18-20",
- publisher = "Springer-Verlag",
- address = "Lake Como, Italy",
- editor = "Julian F. Miller and Marco Tomassini and Pier Luca Lanzi and Conor Ryan and Andrea G. B. Tettamanzi and William B. Langdon",
- isbn = "3-540-41899-7",
- pages = "108--125",
- year = "2001",
- url = "citeseer.nj.nec.com/mcphee01schema.html" }
\ No newline at end of file
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/test.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/test.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/test.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-input metauml;
-
-beginfig(1);
- Class.X("X")()();
- drawObjects(X);
-endfig;
-
-end
-
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/test_suite.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/test_suite.tex 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual/test_suite.tex 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-% Part of the MetaUML manual
-% Copyright (c) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-% under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
-% or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-% with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
-% A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
-% Free Documentation License".
-
-\newcommand{\metaumltest}[2]{Test #2 --- \\ \includegraphics{fig/test_#1.#2} \\ }
-\newcommand{\metaumltests}[2]{\multido{\iA=1+1}{#2}{\metaumltest{#1}{\iA}}}
-
-\section{Test suite}
-
-\subsection{Low-level}
- \metaumltests{lowlevel}{2}
-
-\subsection{Fonts}
- \metaumltests{font}{3}
-
-\subsection{Cliparts}
- %\metaumltests{cliparts}{1}
- Locks ---\\
- \includegraphics{fig/cliparts.1}
-
-\subsection{Util library}
- \subsubsection{Picture tests}
- \metaumltests{picture}{10}
-
- \subsubsection{Picture tests - TeX rendering}
- \metaumltests{picture_tex_rendering}{1}
-
- \subsubsection{Group tests}
- \metaumltests{group}{2}
-
- \subsubsection{PictureStack tests}
- \metaumltests{picture_stack}{3}
-
- \subsubsection{Positioning tests}
- \metaumltests{positioning}{6}
-
-\subsection{Class diagram}
- \subsubsection{Class tests}
- \metaumltests{class}{14}
-
- \subsubsection{Class template tests}
- \metaumltests{class_templates}{3}
-
- \subsubsection{Qualified Association tests}
- \metaumltests{class_qual_assoc}{2}
-
-\subsection{Package diagram}
-\subsubsection{Package tests}
- \metaumltests{package}{2}
-
-\subsection{Component diagram}
-\subsubsection{Component tests}
- \metaumltests{component}{1}
-
-\subsection{Paths}
- \metaumltests{paths}{3}
-
-\subsection{Behavioral diagrams}
- \subsubsection{Activity tests}
- \metaumltests{activity}{2}
-
- \subsubsection{State Machine tests}
- \metaumltests{state}{5}
-
- \subsubsection{Usecase tests}
- \metaumltests{usecase}{9}
-
-\subsection{Miscelaneous}
- \subsubsection{Notes}
- \metaumltests{note}{2}
- \subsubsection{Objects (Class Instances)}
- \metaumltests{instance}{1}
-
-\subsection{User requests}
- Test 1 --- \\ \includegraphics[scale=.2]{fig/test_lars_issues.1} \\
- \metaumltest{lars_issues}{2}
-
-\subsection{Skins}
- \metaumltests{skins}{1}
- \metaumltests{skins_global_defaults}{1}
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/metauml/metauml_manual_0.2.5.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -51,7 +37,6 @@
inputonce metauml_stereotype;
-inputonce metauml_class_clipart;
inputonce metauml_class;
inputonce metauml_instance;
inputonce metauml_class_relations;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_activity.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_activity.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_activity.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_activity_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -95,10 +81,10 @@
enddef;
vardef Activity_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Activity " & (str @#) & " has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
PictureStack_layout.@#stack;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_base.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_base.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_base.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2006 Ovidiu Gheorghies, Radu-George Radulescu
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2006 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies, Radu-George Radulescu
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_base_mp:
expandafter endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_behavioral_common.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_behavioral_common.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_behavioral_common.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_behavioral_common_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -71,10 +57,10 @@
enddef;
vardef Begin_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Begin " & (str @#) & " has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
@#width = @#info.diameter;
@#height = @#info.diameter;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_class_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -24,12 +10,12 @@
% The guard values (such as _metauml_mp) do ensure that the file isn't loaded multiple times,
% but this macro makes sure that MetaPost won't try to load the file and display a message for that.
def inputonce text libraryFile=
- if not known scantokens ("_" & str libraryFile & "_mp"):
- %includeonce% show "Loading " & str libraryFile;
- scantokens ("input " & str libraryFile);
- else:
- %includeonce% show str libraryFile & " already loaded.";
- fi;
+ if not known scantokens ("_" & str libraryFile & "_mp"):
+ %includeonce% show "Loading " & str libraryFile;
+ scantokens ("input " & str libraryFile);
+ else:
+ %includeonce% show str libraryFile & " already loaded.";
+ fi;
enddef;
inputonce metauml_defaults;
@@ -39,51 +25,71 @@
inputonce util_picture_stack;
inputonce util_shade;
-string accessPublic, accessProtected, accessPrivate;
-accessPublic:="+";
-accessProtected:="#";
-accessPrivate:="-";
+string visibilityPublic, visibilityProtected, visibilityPrivate, visibilityPackage;
+visibilityPublic:="+";
+visibilityProtected:="#";
+visibilityPrivate:="-";
+visibilityPackage:="~";
+string metauml_private_abstractMarker, metauml_private_staticMarker;
+metauml_private_abstractMarker := "@abstract";
+metauml_private_staticMarker := "@static";
+
+def abstract expr methodName= metauml_private_abstractMarker&methodName enddef;
+def static expr featureName= metauml_private_staticMarker&featureName enddef;
+
+def metauml_private_isAbstract(expr name) = (substring (0, 9) of name = metauml_private_abstractMarker) enddef;
+def metauml_private_isStatic(expr name) = (substring (0, 7) of name = metauml_private_staticMarker) enddef;
+def metauml_private_stripStatic(expr name) = substring (7,infinity) of name enddef;
+def metauml_private_stripAbstract(expr name) = substring (9,infinity) of name enddef;
+
vardef ClassInfo@#=
attributes(@#);
- var(numeric) featureAccessSpacing, accessWidth, accessHeight;
var(color) foreColor, borderColor;
+ var(string) featureVisibilityMode;
FontInfo.@#nameFont(metauml_defaultFont, defaultscale);
-
- FontInfo.@#attributeFont (metauml_defaultFont, defaultscale);
- FontInfo.@#methodFont (metauml_defaultFont, defaultscale);
+ FontInfo.@#featureFont (metauml_defaultFont, defaultscale);
FontInfo.@#stereotypeFont(metauml_defaultFont, .7);
ShadeInfo.@#iShade;
- @#featureAccessSpacing := 2;
- @#accessWidth := 7;
- @#accessHeight := 6.75;
+ @#featureVisibilityMode := "individual"; % "none", "grouped"
@#foreColor := .9white;
@#borderColor := black;
PictureInfo.@#iName (2, 2, 1, 3)(@#nameFont);
+ @#iName.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
- PictureInfo.@#iStereotype(2, -5, 2, 2)(@#stereotypeFont);
- PictureInfo.@#iAttribute (2, 2, 1.25, 0)(@#attributeFont);
- PictureInfo.@#iMethod (2, 2, 1.25, 0)(@#methodFont);
+ PictureInfoCopy.@#iNameAbstract(@#iName);
+ @#iNameAbstract.iFont.name := metauml_defaultFontOblique;
+ PictureInfo.@#iStereotype(2, 2, 2, 2)(@#stereotypeFont);
+ @#iStereotypeStack.iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+
PictureStackInfo.@#iStereotypeStack(2, 2, 1, 1)(5.5)(@#iStereotype);
- PictureStackInfo.@#iAttributeStack (2, 2, 2.5, 2)(10.5)(@#iAttribute); % 8.5
- PictureStackInfo.@#iMethodStack (2, 2, 2.5, 2)(10.5)(@#iMethod);
- @#iAttributeStack.iPict.bottom := 2;
- %@#iAttributeStack.iPict.boxed := 1;
- @#iMethodStack.iPict.bottom := 2;
- %@#iMethodStack.iPict.boxed := 1;
- LockInfo.@#iLock(@#accessWidth, @#accessHeight, .6, .15, .55, .4white, .6white, .7white, .3white);
+ PictureInfo.@#iFeature (2, 2, 1.25, 0)(@#featureFont);
- @#iName.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
- @#iAttributeStack.iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
- @#iMethodStack.iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
- @#iStereotypeStack.iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+ PictureInfoCopy.@#iFeatureAbstract (@#iFeature);
+ @#iFeatureAbstract.iFont.name := metauml_defaultFontOblique;
+
+ PictureInfoCopy.@#iFeatureStatic (@#iFeature);
+ @#iFeatureStatic.textDecoration := "underline";
+
+ PictureStackInfo.@#iFeatureStack (2, 2, 2.5, 2)(10.5)(@#iFeature);
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.@#iAttributeStack(@#iFeatureStack);
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.@#iMethodStack(@#iFeatureStack);
+
+ @#iFeatureStack.iPict.bottom := 2;
+ @#iFeatureStack.iPict.ignoreNegativeBase := 1;
+
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.@#iAttributeVisibilityStack (@#iFeatureStack);
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.@#iMethodVisibilityStack (@#iFeatureStack);
+
+ @#iAttributeVisibilityStack.right := 0;
+ @#iMethodVisibilityStack.right := 0;
enddef;
vardef ClassInfoCopy@#(text src)=
@@ -90,35 +96,35 @@
log "ClassInfoCopy: Copying class";
attributes(@#);
- var(numeric) featureAccessSpacing, accessWidth, accessHeight;
+ var(numeric) featureVisibilitySpacing, visibilityWidth, visibilityHeight;
var(color) foreColor, borderColor;
+ var(string) featureVisibilityMode;
FontInfoCopy.@#nameFont(src.nameFont);
-
- FontInfoCopy.@#attributeFont(src.attributeFont);
- FontInfoCopy.@#methodFont(src.methodFont);
+ FontInfoCopy.@#featureFont(src.featureFont);
FontInfoCopy.@#stereotypeFont(src.stereotypeFont);
ShadeInfoCopy.@#iShade(src.iShade);
- @#featureAccessSpacing := src.featureAccessSpacing;
- @#accessWidth := src.accessWidth;
- @#accessHeight := src.accessHeight;
-
@#foreColor := src.foreColor;
@#borderColor := src.borderColor;
- PictureInfoCopy.@#iName (src.iName);
+ PictureInfoCopy.@#iName (src.iName);
+ PictureInfoCopy.@#iNameAbstract (src.iNameAbstract);
PictureInfoCopy.@#iStereotype(src.iStereotype);
- PictureInfoCopy.@#iAttribute (src.iAttribute);
- PictureInfoCopy.@#iMethod (src.iMethod);
+ PictureInfoCopy.@#iFeature (src.iFeature);
+ PictureInfoCopy.@#iFeatureAbstract (src.iFeatureAbstract);
+ PictureInfoCopy.@#iFeatureStatic (src.iFeatureStatic);
PictureStackInfoCopy.@#iStereotypeStack(src.iStereotypeStack);
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.@#iFeatureStack (src.iFeatureStack);
PictureStackInfoCopy.@#iAttributeStack (src.iAttributeStack);
PictureStackInfoCopy.@#iMethodStack (src.iMethodStack);
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.@#iAttributeVisibilityStack (src.iAttributeVisibilityStack);
+ PictureStackInfoCopy.@#iMethodVisibilityStack (src.iMethodVisibilityStack);
- LockInfoCopy.@#iLock(src.iLock);
+ @#featureVisibilityMode := src.featureVisibilityMode;
enddef;
ClassInfo.iClass;
@@ -136,7 +142,8 @@
iInterface.iAttributeStack.bottom := 0;
iInterface.iName.iFont.name := metauml_defaultFontOblique;
-ClassInfoCopy.iAbstractClass(iInterface);
+ClassInfoCopy.iAbstractClass(iClass);
+iAbstractClass.iName.iFont.name := metauml_defaultFontOblique;
%
% CLASS
@@ -146,19 +153,30 @@
@#className := "Class";
string @#name;
- @#name = pname;
+ boolean @#isAbstract;
+ @#isAbstract := metauml_private_isAbstract(pname);
+ if @#isAbstract:
+ @#name = metauml_private_stripAbstract(pname);
+ else:
+ @#name = pname;
+ fi
+
numeric @#nStereotypes;
string @#stereotypes[];
string @#attributes[];
- string @#attributesAccess[];
+ string @#attributesVisibility[];
+ boolean @#attributesIsStatic[];
string @#methods[];
- string @#methodsAccess[];
+ string @#methodsVisibility[];
+ boolean @#methodsIsStatic[];
+ boolean @#methodsIsAbstract[];
numeric @#nAttrs;
numeric @#nMethods;
+ numeric @#nStereotypes;
@#nStereotypes := 0;
@#nAttrs := 0;
@@ -166,21 +184,31 @@
enddef;
vardef addAttribute@#(expr pcontent) =
- string access;
- access := substring(0,1) of pcontent;
- if (not (access = accessPublic)) and
- (not (access = accessPrivate)) and
- (not (access = accessProtected)):
+ string visibility;
+ string attribute;
- @#.attributes[@#.nAttrs] := pcontent;
- @#.attributesAccess[@#.nAttrs] := accessProtected;
+ attribute := pcontent;
+
+ @#attributesIsStatic[@#nAttrs] := metauml_private_isStatic(attribute);
+ if @#attributesIsStatic[@#nAttrs]:
+ attribute := metauml_private_stripStatic(attribute);
+ fi
+
+ visibility := substring(0,1) of attribute;
+ if (not (visibility = visibilityPublic)) and
+ (not (visibility = visibilityPrivate)) and
+ (not (visibility = visibilityProtected)) and
+ (not (visibility = visibilityPackage)):
+
+ @#.attributes[@#.nAttrs] := attribute;
+ @#.attributesVisibility[@#.nAttrs] := visibilityPackage;
else:
save from;
from := 1;
- if (substring(1,2) of pcontent) = " ": from := 2; fi;
+ if (substring(1,2) of attribute) = " ": from := 2; fi;
- @#.attributes[@#.nAttrs] := substring(from, infinity) of pcontent;
- @#.attributesAccess[@#.nAttrs] := access;
+ @#.attributes[@#.nAttrs] := substring(from, infinity) of attribute;
+ @#.attributesVisibility[@#.nAttrs] := visibility;
fi;
@#.nAttrs := @#.nAttrs + 1;
@@ -187,17 +215,37 @@
enddef;
vardef addMethod@#(expr pcontent) =
- string access;
- access := substring(0,1) of pcontent;
- if (not (access = accessPublic)) and
- (not (access = accessPrivate)) and
- (not (access = accessProtected)):
+ string visibility;
+ string method;
- @#.methods[@#.nMethods] := pcontent;
- @#.methodsAccess[@#.nMethods] := accessProtected;
+ method := pcontent;
+
+ @#methodsIsStatic[@#nMethods] := metauml_private_isStatic(method);
+ if @#methodsIsStatic[@#nMethods]:
+ method := metauml_private_stripStatic(method);
+ fi
+
+ @#methodsIsAbstract[@#nMethods] := metauml_private_isAbstract(method);
+ if @#methodsIsAbstract[@#nMethods]:
+ method := metauml_private_stripAbstract(method);
+ @#isAbstract := true;
+ fi
+
+ visibility := substring(0,1) of method;
+ if (not (visibility = visibilityPublic)) and
+ (not (visibility = visibilityPrivate)) and
+ (not (visibility = visibilityProtected)) and
+ (not (visibility = visibilityPackage)):
+
+ @#.methods[@#.nMethods] := method;
+ @#.methodsVisibility[@#.nMethods] := visibilityPackage;
else:
- @#.methods[@#.nMethods] := substring(1, 999) of pcontent;
- @#.methodsAccess[@#.nMethods] := access;
+ save from;
+ from := 1;
+ if (substring(1,2) of method) = " ": from := 2; fi;
+
+ @#.methods[@#.nMethods] := substring(from, infinity) of method;
+ @#.methodsVisibility[@#.nMethods] := visibility;
fi;
@#.nMethods := @#.nMethods + 1;
@@ -204,18 +252,18 @@
enddef;
vardef classStereotype@#(expr pcontent) =
- @#stereotypes[@#nStereotypes] := pcontent;
- @#nStereotypes := @#nStereotypes + 1;
+ show "Macro classStereotype is deprecated, use Class_stereotypes instead.";
+ Class_stereotypes.@#(pcontent);
enddef;
vardef classStereotypes@#(text stereotypes)=
- for stereotype = stereotypes:
- classStereotype@#(stereotype);
- endfor;
+ show "Macro classStereotypes is deprecated, use Class_stereotypes instead.";
+ Class_stereotypes.@#(stereotypes);
enddef;
vardef EClass@#(text _info)(expr name)(text attributes)(text methods)=
log "EClass begin: " & str @#;
+
defClass@#(name);
log "Copying class info";
@@ -263,87 +311,126 @@
objectBox(@#)
enddef;
+vardef Class_noVisibilityMarkers@#=
+ @#info.featureVisibilityMode := "none";
+enddef;
+
vardef Class_layout@# =
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Class " & (str @#) & " has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
log "Class layout: " & (str @#);
- @#maxFeatureWidth := 0;
-
EPictureStack.@#stereotypeStack(@#info.iStereotypeStack)
(scantokens listArray(@#stereotypes)(@#nStereotypes))("vcenterbase");
- EPicture.@#namePict(@#info.iName)(@#name);
+ if (@#isAbstract):
+ EPicture.@#namePict(@#info.iNameAbstract)(@#name);
+ else:
+ EPicture.@#namePict(@#info.iName)(@#name);
+ fi;
+
+ layoutObjects(@#stereotypeStack, @#namePict);
+
+ % Define attributes
+
+ def metauml_private_attributeStyleSupplier(expr i)=
+ if @#attributesIsStatic[i]: @#info.iFeatureStatic
+ else: @#info.iFeature
+ fi
+ enddef;
+
+ @#info.iAttributeStack.childStyleSupplier := "metauml_private_attributeStyleSupplier";
+
EPictureStack.@#attributeStack(@#info.iAttributeStack)
(scantokens listArray(@#attributes)(@#nAttrs))("vleftbase");
+
+ if @#info.featureVisibilityMode = "individual":
+ vardef joinCallbackAttributesVisibility@#=
+ setObjectJoin(pb.bottom = @#.attributeStack.pict[index].bottom; pb.midx = pa.midx);
+ setObjectJoinFirst(pa.bottom = @#.attributeStack.pict[index].bottom);
+ enddef;
+
+ EPictureStack.@#attributeVisibilityStack(@#info.iAttributeVisibilityStack)
+ (scantokens listArray(@#attributesVisibility)(@#nAttrs))
+ ("joinCallbackAttributesVisibility." & (str @#));
+ elseif @#info.featureVisibilityMode = "none":
+ EPicture.@#attributeVisibilityStack(iPictNoMargins)("");
+ else:
+ show "Unknown feature visibility mode", @#featureVisibilityMode;
+ 1=2;
+ fi;
+
+ % Define methods
+
+ def metauml_private_methodStyleSupplier(expr i)=
+ if @#methodsIsStatic[i]: @#info.iFeatureStatic
+ elseif @#methodsIsAbstract[i]: @#info.iFeatureAbstract
+ else: @#info.iFeature
+ fi
+ enddef;
+
+ @#info.iMethodStack.childStyleSupplier := "metauml_private_methodStyleSupplier";
+
EPictureStack.@#methodStack(@#info.iMethodStack)
(scantokens listArray(@#methods)(@#nMethods))("vleftbase");
- layoutObjects(@#stereotypeStack, @#namePict, @#attributeStack, @#methodStack);
+ if @#info.featureVisibilityMode = "individual":
+ vardef joinCallbackMethodsVisibility@#=
+ setObjectJoin(pb.bottom = @#.methodStack.pict[index].bottom; pb.midx = pa.midx);
+ setObjectJoinFirst(pa.bottom = @#.methodStack.pict[index].bottom);
+ enddef;
- log "Computing maxFeatureWidth";
- log @#stereotypeStack.width;
- log @#namePict.width;
- log @#attributeStack.width;
- log @#methodStack.width;
- log "...";
- @#maxFeatureWidth := lmax(@#stereotypeStack.width, @#namePict.width,
- @#attributeStack.width, @#methodStack.width);
- log "Done computing maxFeatureWidth";
+ EPictureStack.@#methodVisibilityStack(@#info.iMethodVisibilityStack)
+ (scantokens listArray(@#methodsVisibility)(@#nMethods))
+ ("joinCallbackMethodsVisibility." & (str @#));
+ elseif @#info.featureVisibilityMode = "none":
+ EPicture.@#methodVisibilityStack(iPictNoMargins)("");
+ else:
+ show "Unknown feature visibility mode", @#featureVisibilityMode;
+ 1=2;
+ fi;
- log "max feature width: " & decimal @#maxFeatureWidth;
+ % Integrate components
+ show layoutObjects(@#attributeStack, @#methodStack);
+ layoutObjects(@#attributeStack, @#methodStack);
- @#namePict.midx = @#midx;
- @#stereotypeStack.midx = @#namePict.midx;
-
- @#stereotypeStack.top = @#top;
- @#namePict.top = @#stereotypeStack.bottom;
- @#attributeStack.top = @#namePict.bottom;
+ @#attributeStack.left = @#methodStack.left;
@#methodStack.top = @#attributeStack.bottom;
- @#attributeStack.left = @#methodStack.left =
- @#left + @#info.accessWidth + @#info.featureAccessSpacing;
+ layoutObjects(@#attributeVisibilityStack, @#methodVisibilityStack);
- @#width = @#maxFeatureWidth + @#info.accessWidth + @#info.featureAccessSpacing;
- @#bottom = @#methodStack.bottom;
+ @#attributeVisibilityStack.midx = @#methodVisibilityStack.midx;
- log "Class layout done...";
- fi;
-enddef;
+ if (@#.nMethods = 0) or (@#info.featureVisibilityMode="none"):
+ @#methodVisibilityStack.top = @#methodStack.top;
+ fi;
+ if (@#.nAttrs = 0) or (@#info.featureVisibilityMode="none"):
+ @#attributeVisibilityStack.top = @#attributeStack.top;
+ fi;
-vardef Class_paintAccess@#(expr _access, _se) =
- save lock;
- ELock.lock(@#info.iLock)(_access);
- lock.se = _se;
- drawObject(lock);
-enddef;
+ EGroup.@#visibilityStacks(iGroupNoMargins)(@#attributeVisibilityStack, @#methodVisibilityStack);
+
+ EGroup.@#featureStacks(iGroupNoMargins)(@#attributeStack, @#methodStack);
-vardef Class_drawFeatures@#=
- log "Drawing stereotypes";
- drawObject(@#stereotypeStack);
+ layoutObjects(@#visibilityStacks, @#featureStacks);
- log "Drawing name";
- drawObject(@#namePict);
- log "Drawing attribute stack";
- drawObject(@#attributeStack);
+ @#visibilityStacks.right = @#featureStacks.left;
- log "Drawing method stack";
- drawObject(@#methodStack);
+ EGroup.@#featureGroup(iGroupNoMargins)(@#visibilityStacks, @#featureStacks);
- log "********************************** Drawing access locks";
- for i = 0 upto @#nAttrs-1:
- log @#attributesAccess[i];
- Class_paintAccess@#(@#attributesAccess[i],
- @#attributeStack.pict[i].sw + (-@#info.featureAccessSpacing, @#info.iAttributeStack.iPict.bottom));
- endfor;
+ topToBottom(0)(@#stereotypeStack, @#namePict, @#featureGroup);
- for i = 0 upto @#nMethods-1:
- log @#methodsAccess[i];
- Class_paintAccess@#(@#methodsAccess[i],
- @#methodStack.pict[i].sw + (-@#info.featureAccessSpacing, @#info.iMethodStack.iPict.bottom));
- endfor;
+ EGroup.@#all(iGroupNoMargins)(@#stereotypeStack, @#namePict, @#featureGroup);
+
+ layoutObjects(@#all);
+
+ @#.nw = @#all.nw;
+ @#.se = @#all.se;
+
+ log "Class layout for " & (str @#) & " done...";
+ fi;
enddef;
vardef Class_paintSkin@# =
@@ -351,27 +438,32 @@
nameAttributeY := @#attributeStack.top;
attributeMethodY := @#methodStack.top;
- %fill Class_border.@# shifted (@#info.shade,-@#info.shade)
- % withcolor .7white withpen currentpen scaled 1;
- drawObjectShade(@#);
+ drawObjectShade(@#);
- fill Class_border.@# withcolor @#info.foreColor;
- draw Class_border.@# withcolor @#info.borderColor;
+ fill Class_border.@# withcolor @#info.foreColor;
+ draw Class_border.@# withcolor @#info.borderColor;
- draw (xpart @#nw, nameAttributeY)--(xpart @#se, nameAttributeY) withcolor @#info.borderColor;
- draw (xpart @#nw, attributeMethodY)--(xpart @#se, attributeMethodY) withcolor @#info.borderColor;
+ draw (xpart @#nw, nameAttributeY)--(xpart @#se, nameAttributeY) withcolor @#info.borderColor;
+ draw (xpart @#nw, attributeMethodY)--(xpart @#se, attributeMethodY) withcolor @#info.borderColor;
enddef;
vardef Class_draw@#=
- log "draw class begin...";
+ log "Class_draw begin " & @#;
Class_layout.@#;
objectEnsurePositioning.@#;
Class_paintSkin.@#;
- Class_drawFeatures.@#;
+
+ drawObjects(@#all);
+ log "Class_draw end " & @#;
enddef;
vardef Class_setDebugMode@#=
@#.info.iName.boxed := 1;
+
+ @#.info.iFeature.boxed := 1;
+ @#.info.iFeatureStatic.boxed := 1;
+ @#.info.iFeatureAbstract.boxed := 1;
+
@#.info.iStereotypeStack.boxed := 1;
@#.info.iStereotypeStack.iPict.boxed := 1;
@#.info.iAttributeStack.boxed := 1;
@@ -378,4 +470,16 @@
@#.info.iAttributeStack.iPict.boxed := 1;
@#.info.iMethodStack.boxed := 1;
@#.info.iMethodStack.iPict.boxed := 1;
+
+ @#.info.iAttributeVisibilityStack.boxed := 1;
+ @#.info.iAttributeVisibilityStack.iPict.boxed := 1;
+ @#.info.iMethodVisibilityStack.boxed := 1;
+ @#.info.iMethodVisibilityStack.iPict.boxed := 1;
enddef;
+
+vardef Class_stereotypes@#(text _stereotypes)=
+ for stereotype = _stereotypes:
+ @#stereotypes[@#nStereotypes] := stereotype;
+ @#nStereotypes := @#nStereotypes + 1;
+ endfor;
+enddef;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_assoc.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_assoc.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_assoc.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_class_assoc_mp:
expandafter endinput
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_clipart.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_clipart.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_clipart.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-if known _metauml_class_clipart_mp:
- expandafter endinput
-fi;
-_metauml_class_clipart_mp:=1;
-
-% Sadly, this copy of the macro is needed to prevent multiple file loads being shown by MetaPost.
-% The guard values (such as _metauml_mp) do ensure that the file isn't loaded multiple times,
-% but this macro makes sure that MetaPost won't try to load the file and display a message for that.
-def inputonce text libraryFile=
- if not known scantokens ("_" & str libraryFile & "_mp"):
- %includeonce% show "Loading " & str libraryFile;
- scantokens ("input " & str libraryFile);
- else:
- %includeonce% show str libraryFile & " already loaded.";
- fi;
-enddef;
-
-inputonce util_log;
-
-%%
-%% This file contains various drawing which can be used in
-%% UML class diagrams
-%%
-
-vardef LockInfo@#(expr _width, _height, _y, _d, _span, _faceColor, _topColor, _rightColor, _lockColor)=
- numeric @#y, @#d, @#span, @#width, @#height;
- color @#faceColor, @#topColor, @#rightColor, @#lockColor;
-
- @#width := _width;
- @#height := _height;
-
- @#heightRatio := _y;
- @#depthRatio := _d;
- @#span := _span;
-
- @#faceColor := _faceColor;
- @#topColor := _topColor;
- @#rightColor := _rightColor;
- @#lockColor := _lockColor;
-enddef;
-
-vardef LockInfoCopy@#(text src)=
- LockInfo@#(src.width, src.height, src.heightRatio, src.depthRatio, src.span,
- src.faceColor, src.topColor, src.rightColor, src.lockColor);
-enddef;
-
-LockInfo.iLock(8, 8, .55, .15, .55, .4white, .6white, .7white, .3white);
-
-def lockLockPen=pencircle scaled .8pt enddef;
-def lockLockTension=tension(1) enddef;
-
-vardef ELock@#(text lockInfo)(expr how)=
- ObjectEquations(@#);
- @#className := "Lock";
-
- generic_declare(path) _n.pFace, _n.pRight, _n.pTop;
- generic_declare(path) _n.pLock;
- generic_declare(string) _n.mode;
-
- LockInfoCopy.@#info(lockInfo);
-
- @#height = @#info.height;
- @#width = @#info.width;
-
- @#mode := how;
-
- log "ELock completed";
-enddef;
-
-vardef Lock@#(expr how)=
- ELock@#(iLock)(how);
-enddef;
-
-vardef Lock_draw@#=
- log "Drawing lock";
- log @#nw;
- log @#se;
- generic_declare(numeric) _n.depth,_n.ya, _n.xa;
-
- @#depth = @#info.width * @#info.depthRatio;
- @#ya = ypart @#nw - @#height * @#info.heightRatio;
- @#xa = xpart @#se - @#depth;
-
- @#pFace = (xpart @#nw, @#ya) -- (@#xa, @#ya) -- (@#xa, ypart @#se) -- (xpart @#nw, ypart @#se) -- cycle;
- @#pRight = (@#xa, ypart @#se) -- (xpart @#se, ypart @#se + @#depth) --
- (xpart @#se, @#ya + @#depth) -- (@#xa, @#ya) -- cycle;
- @#pTop = (@#xa, @#ya) -- (xpart @#se, @#ya + @#depth) --
- (xpart @#nw + @#depth, @#ya + @#depth) -- (xpart @#nw, @#ya) -- cycle;
-
- save myMode; string myMode;
- myMode = "base";
- if ((@#mode="private") or (@#mode="-")):
- myMode := "closed";
- elseif ((@#mode="protected") or (@#mode="#")):
- myMode := "opened";
- fi;
-
- if myMode="closed":
- log "Closed!";
- generic_declare(pair) _n.A, _n.B, _n.C, _n.M;
- generic_declare(numeric) _n.span;
- @#span = @#info.span * @#width;
-
- @#M = ((xpart @#se + xpart @#nw) / 2, @#ya + @#depth/2);
- log @#M;
- @#A = (xpart @#M - (@#span / 2), ypart @#M);
- log @#A;
- @#B = (xpart @#M + (@#span / 2), ypart @#M);
- log @#B;
- @#C = (xpart @#M, ypart @#nw);
- log @#C;
- linecap:=butt;
-
- @#pLock = @#A {curl 0}..lockLockTension .. @#C .. lockLockTension .. {curl 0} @#B;
- %withcolor @#info.lockColor withpen lockLockPen;
- elseif myMode="opened":
- log "Opened!";
-
- generic_declare(pair) _n.A, _n.B, _n.C, _n.M;
- generic_declare(numeric) _n.span;
- @#span = @#info.span * @#width;
-
- @#M = ((xpart @#se + xpart @#nw) / 2, @#ya + @#depth/2);
- @#A = (xpart @#M - (@#span / 2), ypart @#M) + (0, @#height/3);
- @#B = (xpart @#M + (@#span / 2), ypart @#M);
- @#C = (xpart @#M, ypart @#nw);
- log @#M, @#A, @#B, @#C;
-
- linecap:=butt;
-
- @#pLock = @#A {curl 0}..lockLockTension .. @#C .. lockLockTension .. {curl 0} @#B;
- %withcolor @#info.lockColor withpen lockLockPen;
- fi;
-
- fill @#pFace withcolor @#info.faceColor;
- fill @#pRight withcolor @#info.rightColor;
- fill @#pTop withcolor @#info.topColor;
-
- if not ((myMode = "opened") or (myMode="closed")):
- log "No lock to draw...";
- else:
- draw @#pLock withcolor @#info.lockColor withpen lockLockPen;
- fi;
-enddef;
-
-
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_relations.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_relations.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_class_relations.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_class_relations_mp:
expandafter endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_component.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_component.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_component.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2006 Radu-George Radulescu, Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2006 2015 Radu-George Radulescu, Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_component_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -108,10 +94,10 @@
enddef;
vardef Component_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Component '" & (str @#) & "' has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
log "Component layout: '" & (str @#) & "'";
log "Component name layout '" & (str @#) & "'...";
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_component_relations.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_component_relations.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_component_relations.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2006 Radu-George Radulescu, Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2006 2015 Radu-George Radulescu, Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_component_relations_mp:
expandafter endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_defaults.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_defaults.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_defaults.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_defaults_mp:
expandafter endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_instance.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_instance.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_instance.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Radu-George Radulescu
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Radu-George Radulescu
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_instance_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -131,10 +117,10 @@
enddef;
vardef Instance_layout@# =
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Instance " & (str @#) & " has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
log "Instance layout: " & (str @#);
@#maxFeatureWidth := 0;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_links.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_links.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_links.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
% A LinkStructure is used to compute the relevant elements
% of a link, such as what is the main path of the link and
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_note.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_note.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_note.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_note_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -109,10 +95,10 @@
enddef;
vardef Note_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Note " & (str @#) & " has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
log "Note layout: " & (str @#);
PictureStack_layout.@#stack;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_package.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_package.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_package.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2006 Radu-George Radulescu, Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2006 2015 Radu-George Radulescu, Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_package_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -115,10 +101,10 @@
enddef;
vardef Package_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Package '" & (str @#) & "' has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
log "Package layout: '" & (str @#) & "'";
log "Package name layout '" & (str @#) & "'...";
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_package_relations.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_package_relations.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_package_relations.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2006 Radu-George Radulescu
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2006 2015 Radu-George Radulescu
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_package_relations_mp:
expandafter endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_paths.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_paths.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_paths.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_paths_mp:
expandafter endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_skin_simple.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_skin_simple.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_skin_simple.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
%% Usage of skins
%%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_state.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_state.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_state.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_state_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -119,10 +105,10 @@
enddef;
vardef State_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "State '" & (str @#) & "' has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
log "State layout: '" & (str @#) & "'";
EPictureStack.@#internalTransitionsStack(@#info.iStack)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_stereotype.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_stereotype.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_stereotype.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_stereotype_mp:
expandafter endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_templates.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_templates.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_templates.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_templates_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -96,10 +82,10 @@
enddef;
vardef Template_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Template " & (str @#) & " has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
log "Template layout: " & (str @#);
PictureStack_layout.@#elementsStack;
fi;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_usecase.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_usecase.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_usecase.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _metauml_usecase_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -82,10 +68,10 @@
enddef;
vardef Actor_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Actor " & (str @#) & " has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
log "Actor layout: " & (str @#);
Human_layout.@#human;
PictureStack_layout.@#nameStack;
@@ -172,10 +158,10 @@
enddef;
vardef Usecase_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Usecase " & (str @#) & " has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
EPictureStack.@#nameStack(@#info.iNameStack)(scantokens listArray(@#lines)(@#nLines))("vcenterbase");
PictureStack_layout.@#nameStack;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_usecase_clipart.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_usecase_clipart.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/metauml_usecase_clipart.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUML, a MetaPost library for typesetting exquisite UML diagrams.
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
%%
%% This file contains various drawings which can be used in
@@ -92,10 +78,10 @@
enddef;
vardef Human_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "Human " & (str @#) & " has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
log "Human layout: " & (str @#);
attributes(@#);
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_commons.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_commons.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_commons.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUtil, an easier MetaPost life
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _util_commons_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -74,13 +60,13 @@
current
enddef;
-def max(text a)(text b)=
+def _max(text a)(text b)=
if (a > b): a%
else:b%
fi;
enddef;
-def min(text a)(text b)=
+def _min(text a)(text b)=
if (a < b): a%
else:b%
fi;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_group.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_group.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_group.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUtil, an easier MetaPost life
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _util_group_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -57,6 +43,7 @@
enddef;
GroupInfo.iGroup(2, 2, 2, 2);
+GroupInfo.iGroupNoMargins(0, 0, 0, 0);
GroupInfoCopy.iGroupBoxed(iGroup);
iGroupBoxed.boxed := 1;
@@ -88,19 +75,22 @@
enddef;
vardef Group_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 0:
+ if @#laidout = 0:
log "Needing layout for group " & (str @#);
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
+ log "Calling layout for objects in group '" & (str @#) & "' .";
+ log " Objects are: '" & @#objectsAsString & "'.";
+
if (@#objectsAsString = ""):
+ log "Empty layout begin";
@#width = @#info.left + @#info.right;
@#height = @#info.top + @#info.bottom;
+ log "Empty layout end";
else:
- log "Calling layout for objects group '" & (str @#) & "' ...";
- log " object are: '" & @#objectsAsString & "'.";
-
+ log "Layout with content";
layoutObjects(scantokens @#objectsAsString);
- log "All objects in group '" & (str @#) & "' are now layed out.";
+ log "All objects in group '" & (str @#) & "' are now laid out.";
% As already tested, @#objectsAsString must be <> "".
% See page 53, User's manual for MetaPost
@@ -108,52 +98,58 @@
% executed, with the loop index parameter set to
% the empty suffix" (!)
- log "Proceeding to finding min/max x/y of objects:";
- log " " & @#objectsAsString;
+ log "Group_layout: finding min/max x/y of objects:" & @#objectsAsString;
__objectIndex := 0;
forsuffixes obj__ = scantokens @#objectsAsString:
if __objectIndex = 0:
- log "First object " & str obj__;
+ log "Group_layout: first object " & str obj__ & ", initial minx, maxx, miny, maxy follow.";
@#minx := obj__.left;
- log @#maxx;
- log obj__.right;
@#maxx := obj__.right;
- log @#maxx;
@#miny := obj__.bottom;
@#maxy := obj__.top;
+ log @#minx;
+ log @#maxx;
+ log @#miny;
+ log @#maxy;
__objectIndex := __objectIndex + 1;
else:
- log "Current object " & str obj__;
+ log "Group_layout: current object " & str obj__;
- log "comparing(min)";
+ log "comparing minx";
log @#minx;
- log @#obj__.left;
- @#minx := min(@#minx)(obj__.left);
+ log obj__.left;
+ @#minx := min(@#minx, obj__.left);
- log "comparing(max)";
+ log "comparing maxx";
log @#maxx;
- log @#obj__.right;
- @#maxx := max(@#maxx)(obj__.right);
+ log obj__.right;
+ @#maxx := max(@#maxx, obj__.right);
- log "comparing(min)";
+ log "comparing miny";
log @#miny;
- log @#obj__.bottom;
- @#miny := min(@#miny)(obj__.bottom);
+ log obj__.bottom;
+ @#miny := min(@#miny, obj__.bottom);
- log "comparing(max)";
+ log "comparing maxy";
log @#maxy;
- log @#obj__.top;
- @#maxy := max(@#maxy)(obj__.top);
+ log obj__.top;
+ @#maxy := max(@#maxy, obj__.top);
__objectIndex := __objectIndex + 1;
fi;
endfor;
- log "... done iterating";
- log "maxx = ";
+ log "Group_layout: finding min/max x/y: done.";
+ log @#minx;
log @#maxx;
+ log @#miny;
+ log @#maxy;
+ log "Group_layout: about to set nw, se";
+ log @#nw;
+ log @#se;
+
@#nw = (@#minx - @#info.left, @#maxy + @#info.top);
@#se = (@#maxx + @#info.right, @#miny - @#info.bottom);
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_infrastructure.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_infrastructure.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_infrastructure.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUtil, an easier MetaPost life
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _util_infrastructure_mp:
expandafter endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_log.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_log.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_log.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUtil, an easier MetaPost life
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
%%% if known _util_log_mp:
%%% expandafter endinput
@@ -38,7 +24,7 @@
def log text txt=
if (util_log_defaultlevel <= util_log_thresholdlevel):
- %includeonce% show txt
+ show txt
else:
% do nothing
fi;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_margins.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_margins.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_margins.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUtil, an easier MetaPost life
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _util_margins_mp:
expandafter endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_object.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_object.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_object.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUtil, an easier MetaPost life
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _util_object_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -48,9 +34,9 @@
var(picture) pict;
var(string) className;
- var(numeric) layedout, drawn;
+ var(numeric) laidout, drawn;
- $.layedout := 0;
+ $.laidout := 0;
$.drawn := 0;
$.left = xpart $.nw = xpart $.sw;
@@ -86,7 +72,7 @@
save methodName;
string methodName;
methodName := @#className & "_border";
- log "invoking " & methodName & " arg=" & str @#;
+ log "objectBorder: invoking " & methodName & " arg=" & str @#;
scantokens (methodName).@#
enddef;
@@ -105,7 +91,7 @@
save methodName;
string methodName;
methodName := @#className & "_layout";
- log "invoking " & methodName & " arg=" & str @#;
+ log "layoutObject: invoking " & methodName & " arg=" & str @#;
scantokens (methodName).@#;
enddef;
@@ -114,7 +100,7 @@
save methodName;
string methodName;
methodName := @#className & "_draw";
- log "invoking " & methodName & " arg=" & str @#;
+ log "drawObject: invoking " & methodName & " arg=" & str @#;
scantokens (methodName).@#;
enddef;
@@ -141,12 +127,13 @@
enddef;
vardef layoutObjects(text objects)=
- log "Layout objects...";
+ log "layoutObjects: begin";
forsuffixes o = objects:
if (str o) <> "":
layoutObject(o);
fi;
endfor;
+ log "layoutObjects: end";
enddef;
vardef drawObjects(text objects)=
@@ -176,17 +163,29 @@
%% joinObjects (p, q, r);
%%
def joinObjects(text pictures)=
- save skipFirstPicture;
- skipFirstPicture := 1;
+ log "joinObjects: call started.";
+
+ save _index;
+ _index := 0;
forsuffixes p=pictures:
- if skipFirstPicture=0:
- objectDoJoin(previousPic, p);
+ exitif (str p) = "";
+ if _index=0:
+ log " joinObjects: calling join for first object.";
+ log _index;
+ log p;
+ objectDoJoinFirst(p)(_index);
else:
- % first picture is skipped
- skipFirstPicture := 0;
+ log " joinObjects: calling join for next object.";
+ log _index;
+ log p;
+ objectDoJoin(previousPic, p)(_index);
fi;
+
+ _index := _index + 1;
def previousPic=p enddef;
endfor;
+
+ log "joinObjects: call ended."
enddef;
%%
@@ -207,9 +206,14 @@
%% setPictureJoin(pa.ne = pb.nw);
%%
def setObjectJoin(text eq)=
- def objectDoJoin(suffix pa, pb)=eq enddef;
+ def objectDoJoin(suffix pa, pb)(expr index)=eq; enddef;
+ def objectDoJoinFirst(suffix pa)(expr index)= log " objectDoJoinFirst: NOP"; enddef;
enddef;
+def setObjectJoinFirst(text eq)=
+ def objectDoJoinFirst(suffix pa)(expr index)=eq; enddef;
+enddef;
+
%%
%% A shortcut for setting the join equation and actually performing the join.
%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_picture.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_picture.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_picture.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUtil, an easier MetaPost life
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _util_picture_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -91,13 +77,15 @@
%%
var(numeric) fixedWidth, fixedHeight;
- %% Controls how the contents of the picture is to be alligned relatively
- %% to the picture margins. Can be one of "left", "centered", defaults to
+ %% Controls how the contents of the picture is to be aligned relatively
+ %% to the picture margins. Can be one of "left", "centered", and defaults to
%% "left". The "centered" setting is useful for Picture-s whose fixedWidth
%% is set to a given value.
%%
var(string) halign, valign;
-
+
+ var(string) textDecoration;
+
@#boxed := 0;
@#borderColor := blue;
@@ -108,7 +96,9 @@
@#halign := "left";
@#valign := "bottom";
-
+
+ @#textDecoration := "none";
+
Margins.@#(pleft, pright, ptop, pbottom);
FontInfoCopy.@#iFont(pfont);
@@ -120,7 +110,8 @@
@#boxed := src.boxed;
@#borderColor := src.borderColor;
@#ignoreNegativeBase := src.ignoreNegativeBase;
-
+ @#textDecoration := src.textDecoration;
+
@#fixedWidth := src.fixedWidth;
@#fixedHeight := src.fixedHeight;
@@ -136,6 +127,7 @@
enddef;
PictureInfo.iPict(2, 2, 2, 2)(iFont);
+PictureInfo.iPictNoMargins(0, 0, 0, 0)(iFont);
PictureInfoCopy.iPictBoxed(iPict);
iPictBoxed.boxed := 1;
@@ -182,12 +174,12 @@
%% Lays out the Picture.
%%
vardef Picture_layout@# =
- if @#layedout = 1:
- log "Picture " & str @# & " already layed out.";
+ if @#laidout = 1:
+ log "Picture " & str @# & " already laid out.";
else:
log "Laying out " & (str @#);
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
if known @#contentAsPicture:
log "Content is known to be a picture";
@@ -225,7 +217,7 @@
elseif @#info.halign = "center":
xdelta__ := (@#width-pictWidth(@#pict))/2;
else:
- 2 = 3; % throw exception illegal value for @#info.hallign
+ 2 = 3; % throw exception illegal value for @#info.halign
fi;
if @#info.valign = "bottom":
@@ -233,7 +225,7 @@
elseif @#info.valign = "center":
ydelta__ := (@#height-pictHeight(@#pict))/2 - @#negativeBase + negativeBaseAdjustement__;
else:
- 2 = 3; % throw exception illegal value for @#info.vallign
+ 2 = 3; % throw exception illegal value for @#info.valign
fi;
@#contentShift = @#sw + (xdelta__, ydelta__);
@@ -249,6 +241,15 @@
draw @#pict shifted @#contentShift;
+ if (@#info.textDecoration = "underline"):
+ save ydelta, height;
+ height := pictHeight(@#pict) - @#negativeBase;
+
+ ydelta := @#info.bottom - @#negativeBase - 0.8;
+
+ draw @#sw + (@#info.left, ydelta) -- @#se + (-@#info.right, ydelta) withcolor black withpen pencircle scaled 0.2bp;
+ fi;
+
if (@#info.boxed = 1):
draw objectBox(@#) withcolor @#info.borderColor;
fi;
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_picture_stack.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_picture_stack.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_picture_stack.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUtil, an easier MetaPost life
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _util_picture_stack_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -44,32 +30,36 @@
% %
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-vardef PictureStackInfo@#(expr pleft, pright, ptop, pbottom)(text pspacing)(text ppictInfo)=
+%% Style for a stack of child pictures with the given margins, spacing between children, and a common child style.
+%% If child style supplier @#childStyleSupplier is set, it takes precedence over the common child style.
+%% The child style supplier must be the name of a macro taking a child index as an argument and returning a child style.
+vardef PictureStackInfo@#(expr marginLeft, marginRight, marginTop, marginBottom)(text _spacing)(text _childStyle)=
attributes(@#);
var(numeric) boxed;
var(color) borderColor;
-
- var(numeric) left, right, top, bottom;
var(numeric) spacing;
+ var(string) childStyleSupplier;
- Margins@#(pleft, pright, ptop, pbottom);
+ Margins@#(marginLeft, marginRight, marginTop, marginBottom);
- @#spacing := pspacing;
+ @#spacing := _spacing;
@#boxed := 0;
@#borderColor := green;
- PictureInfoCopy.@#iPict(ppictInfo);
+ @#childStyleSupplier := "";
+
+ PictureInfoCopy.@#iPict(_childStyle);
enddef;
vardef PictureStackInfoCopy@#(text src)=
PictureStackInfo@#(src.left, src.right, src.top, src.bottom)(src.spacing)(src.iPict);
+ @#childStyleSupplier := src.childStyleSupplier;
@#boxed := src.boxed;
@#borderColor := src.borderColor;
enddef;
-log "*** Creating iStack...";
PictureStackInfo.iStack(2, 2, 2, 2)(2)(iPict);
vardef EPictureStack@#(text pictStackInfo)(text thePictures)(text how)=
@@ -81,14 +71,23 @@
attributes(@#);
var(numeric) nItems;
var(numeric) minx, miny, maxx, maxy;
- var(string) picturesAsString;
- var(string) joinMethod;
+ var(string) picturesAsString;
+ %var(text) joinMethod;
- @#joinMethod := how;
+ string @#joinMethod;
+
+ %@#joinMethod := str how;
+ for l=how:
+ @#joinMethod := l;
+ endfor;
@#nItems := 0;
for p=thePictures:
- EPicture.@#pict[@#nItems](@#info.iPict)(p);
+ if (@#info.childStyleSupplier <> ""):
+ EPicture.@#pict[@#nItems](scantokens (@#info.childStyleSupplier)(@#nItems))(p);
+ else:
+ EPicture.@#pict[@#nItems](@#info.iPict)(p);
+ fi;
@#nItems := @#nItems + 1;
endfor;
@@ -105,10 +104,10 @@
enddef;
vardef PictureStack_layout@#=
- if @#layedout = 1:
+ if @#laidout = 1:
log "PictureStack " & (str @#) & " has already been layed out";
else:
- @#layedout := 1;
+ @#laidout := 1;
layoutObjects(scantokens @#picturesAsString);
@@ -124,6 +123,9 @@
setObjectJoin(pa.midx=pb.midx; pa.bottom = pb.bottom + @#info.spacing);
elseif @#joinMethod = "vrightbase":
setObjectJoin(pa.right=pb.right; pa.bottom = pb.bottom + @#info.spacing);
+ else:
+ setObjectJoin(pa.c = pb.c); % By default, stack objects on top of each other.
+ scantokens @#joinMethod;
fi;
joinObjects(scantokens @#picturesAsString);
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_positioning.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_positioning.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_positioning.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUtil, an easier MetaPost life
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _util_positioning_mp:
expandafter endinput
@@ -97,7 +83,7 @@
string objectsAsString__;
objectsAsString__ := enumToString(objects)("");
- log "Alligning '" & objectsAsString__ & "' at " & str theString;
+ log "Aligning '" & objectsAsString__ & "' at " & str theString;
log sign;
if (objectsAsString__ = ""):
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_shade.mp
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_shade.mp 2019-02-03 22:44:58 UTC (rev 49922)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/metapost/metauml/util_shade.mp 2019-02-03 22:45:55 UTC (rev 49923)
@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-% MetaUtil, an easier MetaPost life
-% Copyright (C) 2005 Ovidiu Gheorghies
-%
-% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-% of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-%
-% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-% GNU General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+% Copyright 2005 2015 Ovidiu Gheorghies
+% Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0.
if known _util_shade_mp:
expandafter endinput
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list